0% found this document useful (0 votes)
117 views237 pages

NetStar+O&M+21 0 610+Optical+Doctor+System+User+Guide+01

Uploaded by

lalabritts123
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
117 views237 pages

NetStar+O&M+21 0 610+Optical+Doctor+System+User+Guide+01

Uploaded by

lalabritts123
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 237

NetStar O&M

21.0.610

Optical Doctor System User Guide

Issue 01
Date 2022-03-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2022. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide About This Document

About This Document

Purpose
This document describes the operations of the Optical Doctor (OD) System.

Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document:

Product Name Version

Optical Doctor (OD) 21.0.610

Intended Audience
The intended audiences of this document are technical support engineers.

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which,


if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk


which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which,


if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,


if not avoided, could result in equipment damage,
data loss, performance deterioration, or
unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to
personal injury.

Supplements the important information in the


main text.
NOTE is used to address information not related
to personal injury, equipment damage, and
environment deterioration.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and


dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by


the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create >
Folder.

Change History
Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue
contains all the changes in earlier issues.

Updates in Issue 01 (2022-03-30)


This is the first release of 21.0.610. For details about the changes compared with
21.0.510, see 4 Feature Updates.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide Contents

Contents

About This Document................................................................................................................ ii


1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network................................................................................. 1
1.1 Optical Doctor System........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 System Composition............................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.3 Principles.................................................................................................................................................................................... 5

2 Dependencies and Limitations........................................................................................... 10


2.1 OSN 9800/8800/6800/3800.............................................................................................................................................. 10
2.1.1 Limitations on the OD Feature..................................................................................................................................... 10
2.1.2 Affected Features...............................................................................................................................................................14
2.1.3 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................... 14
2.2 OSN 1800................................................................................................................................................................................ 14
2.2.1 Limitations on the OD Feature..................................................................................................................................... 15
2.2.2 Affected Features...............................................................................................................................................................18
2.2.3 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................... 18
2.3 OptiXtrans E9600.................................................................................................................................................................. 19
2.3.1 Limitations on the OD Feature..................................................................................................................................... 19
2.3.2 Affected Features...............................................................................................................................................................22
2.3.3 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................... 22
2.4 OptiXtrans E6600.................................................................................................................................................................. 22
2.4.1 Limitations on the OD Feature..................................................................................................................................... 23
2.4.2 Affected Features...............................................................................................................................................................26
2.4.3 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................... 26
2.5 OptiXtrans DC908................................................................................................................................................................. 26
2.5.1 Limitations on the OD Feature..................................................................................................................................... 26
2.5.2 Affected Features...............................................................................................................................................................27
2.5.3 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................... 27

3 Availability.............................................................................................................................. 28
3.1 Required License....................................................................................................................................................................28
3.2 Supported Hardware and Versions................................................................................................................................. 29

4 Feature Updates.................................................................................................................... 35
4.1 Feature Updates of the OD............................................................................................................................................... 35
4.2 Feature Updates of OSN 9800......................................................................................................................................... 38

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide Contents

4.3 Feature Updates of OSN 8800/6800/3800...................................................................................................................45


4.4 Feature Updates of OSN 1800......................................................................................................................................... 50
4.5 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E9600........................................................................................................................... 51
4.6 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E6600........................................................................................................................... 52
4.7 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans DC908.......................................................................................................................... 52

5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)............................................................ 53


5.1 OD System Configuration and Usage Flowchart....................................................................................................... 53
5.2 Configuring the OD System.............................................................................................................................................. 55
5.2.1 Setting Basic Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 55
5.2.1.1 Synchronizing the NE Time with the NCE Time.................................................................................................. 56
5.2.1.2 Synchronizing Data on NCE....................................................................................................................................... 57
5.2.1.3 Setting Fiber Parameters............................................................................................................................................. 58
5.2.1.4 Setting Planning Parameters......................................................................................................................................60
5.2.1.5 Calibrating ASE............................................................................................................................................................... 65
5.2.2 Setting the Status of OCh Trails................................................................................................................................... 74
5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters................................................................................................................. 77
5.2.4 Enabling OD Monitoring................................................................................................................................................. 80
5.2.4.1 Method 1: By Subnet.................................................................................................................................................... 80
5.2.4.2 Method 2: By Trail.......................................................................................................................................................... 85
5.2.4.2.1 Configuring an OD Route for a Trail.................................................................................................................... 85
5.2.4.2.2 Configuring OSNR Detection for a Trail............................................................................................................. 89
5.2.4.2.3 Enabling OD Monitoring by Trail.......................................................................................................................... 92
5.2.5 Configuring Automatic Main Optical Path Adjustment and Automatic Equalization by Trail............... 98
5.3 Using the OD System for Network O&M...................................................................................................................101
5.3.1 Querying Network Performance................................................................................................................................ 101
5.3.1.1 Querying Network Performance in the OD View.............................................................................................101
5.3.1.2 Querying Alarms by Fault List.................................................................................................................................105
5.3.2 Analyzing Current Trail Performance....................................................................................................................... 107
5.3.2.1 Displaying the Trail Performance Analysis Window........................................................................................ 107
5.3.2.2 Analyzing the Performance Data of E2E Trails..................................................................................................109
5.3.2.3 Analyzing the Single-Wavelength Optical Power and OSNR of OA Boards........................................... 114
5.3.3 Comparing Historical and Current Performance Data....................................................................................... 116
5.3.3.1 Backing Up Trail Performance Data...................................................................................................................... 116
5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails...................................................................................... 118
5.3.4 Exporting Reports............................................................................................................................................................119
5.3.4.1 Exporting the Networkwide Preventive Maintenance Report......................................................................120
5.3.4.2 Exporting Trail Performance Report...................................................................................................................... 130
5.3.5 Verifying Trail Board Consistency.............................................................................................................................. 140
5.4 Optical Line Protection Visualization...........................................................................................................................145
5.4.1 (Optional) Configuring the Parameters of Visualized Optical Line Protection......................................... 146
5.4.2 Querying the OLP Status.............................................................................................................................................. 147

6 Alarm Description............................................................................................................... 152

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide Contents

6.1 IN_PWR_HIGH\IN-PWR-HIGH........................................................................................................................................152
6.2 IN_PWR_LOW\IN-PWR-LOW.......................................................................................................................................... 154
6.3 MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT.......................................................................................................................................................... 157
6.4 OA_OUT_PWR_ABN\OA-OUT-PWR-ABN................................................................................................................... 158
6.5 OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN\OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN............................................................................................. 159
6.6 PWR_UNBALANCED\PWR-UNBALANCED................................................................................................................. 160
6.7 R_LOS\LOS............................................................................................................................................................................ 161
6.8 SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL\SPAN-LOSS-EXCEED-EOL............................................................................................. 163
6.9 SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN.............................................................................................163
6.10 SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-GAIN....................................................................................... 165
6.11 OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED......................................................................................................................................... 167

7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis.................................................................................. 169


7.1 OA Flatness........................................................................................................................................................................... 170
7.2 OSNR Loss Flatness........................................................................................................................................................... 171
7.3 Single-Wavelength Output Power of OA Boards.................................................................................................... 173
7.4 Multiplexed Wavelength Output Power of OA Boards......................................................................................... 174
7.5 OTS Gain Compensation Span Loss............................................................................................................................. 176
7.6 OMS Gain Compensation Span Loss........................................................................................................................... 177
7.7 Fiber Attenuation............................................................................................................................................................... 179
7.8 Attenuation of EVOA Configured Behind an OA Board........................................................................................ 180
7.9 OTU Pre-FEC BER................................................................................................................................................................ 182
7.10 OTU Input Optical Power.............................................................................................................................................. 184

8 Reference Operations.........................................................................................................186
8.1 Setting the Fiber Type and Design Fiber Loss (EOL) (dB)....................................................................................186
8.2 Setting Incident Optical Power on NCE...................................................................................................................... 188
8.3 Setting Optical Amplifier Information.........................................................................................................................204
8.4 Deleting an ALC Link......................................................................................................................................................... 207
8.5 Deleting an APE Pair......................................................................................................................................................... 208
8.6 View Optimization Records............................................................................................................................................. 208

9 FAQs....................................................................................................................................... 216
9.1 Meanings of Commissioning Trail Status Parameters........................................................................................... 217
9.2 Solutions to Abnormal Optical Power in the WDM Trail Performance Report.............................................218
9.3 If an OCh Trail Traverses the CRPC, ROP, or HBA Board That the OD Does not Support, Can the OSNR
of the OCh Trail Be Accurately Detected?......................................................................................................................... 219
9.4 Why the Fiber Type and Length Must Be Specified During the Configuration of OSNR Detection?....219
9.5 What Do I Do If No Wavelength Information Is Displayed in the Queried Spectrum Analysis Data?.219
9.6 Why a Fiber Cut in the Downstream Will Make the OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or MCA8 Board at the
Upstream Transmit-End Site Fail to Calculate the OSNR of All Monitored Wavelengths?............................. 219
9.7 Why the traditional OSNR detection method has a lower detection precision than the OD when they
are used to detect the OSNR of a 40G or 100G system?............................................................................................ 220
9.8 Failure to Monitor Standalone NEs Because the OD Monitoring Unit Is Subnet........................................ 220
9.9 What Do I DO If OD Configuration Data Is Inconsistent Between the NE and NMS?.............................. 221

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide Contents

9.10 What Do I Do If an Error Message Without Specifying the Board Where a Fault Occurs Is Displayed
During the Export of a Subnet Performance Report?................................................................................................... 222
9.11 What Do I Do If an Error Message Indicating that the NE Is Absent Is Displayed During Report
Exporting or Performance Analysis?................................................................................................................................... 223
9.12 OSNR Value of a Downstream OA Board Is Greater Than That of an Upstream OA Board on an OCh
Trail During the Trail Performance Analysis..................................................................................................................... 224
9.13 Some Historical Data Is Not Found During the Comparison Between Current Data and Historical
Data in the Trail Performance Analysis Window............................................................................................................ 225
9.14 NE Is Displayed as Logoff in the Main Topology of the OD After Import of NMS Scripts.................... 226
9.15 Fiber Loss Queried Through the OD Has Exceeded the Designed Attenuation (EOL) (dB) but No
Alarm Is Reported...................................................................................................................................................................... 228
9.16 What Do I Do If an OA_OUT_PWR_ABN Alarm Is Reported and Cannot Be Cleared Through Optical
Power Optimization Commissioning in the Intra-Site OA-RDU-OA2 Scenario?................................................. 229

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

This chapter describes the basic functions, application scenarios, system


components, and implementation principles of the Optical Doctor (OD) system.
1.1 Optical Doctor System
1.2 System Composition
1.3 Principles

1.1 Optical Doctor System


Huawei OTN equipment supports the Optical Doctor (OD) system. The OD system
provides for intelligent end-to-end, refined, and digital management of the optical
layer on a WDM network. Through centralized configuration for optical-layer
parameters, the OD system supports automatic monitoring, analysis,
commissioning, and optimization of network performance.

Challenges for WDM Network O&M


As WDM networks adopt higher transmission rates and become meshed, reliable
network maintenance plays a more important role. An easier-to-use and more
professional operation and maintenance (O&M) tool is required.
Currently, WDM networks are facing the following difficulties in the deployment,
commissioning, configuration, and network maintenance phases:
● Lack of quick and accurate OSNR monitoring methods:
After the network rate increases from 10 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s or higher, the
original spectrum monitoring method cannot quickly and accurately monitor
the OSNR of a system. It is a great challenge and a trend to develop an online
OSNR monitoring tool for network maintenance.
● Lack of reliable and quick optical-layer O&M methods:
On meshed networks, WDM services become more flexible, and frequent
service creation and deletion make network commissioning and maintenance
more complex. Traditional manual OSNR monitoring cannot address WDM
network development requirements from the following aspects:
– Configuration is complex.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

When network optical-layer performance needs to be monitored,


configuration needs to be performed for each site on the network, which
is time-consuming and costly. In addition, some configuration items are
widely dispersed and therefore are easily neglected. As a result,
commissioning engineers have to perform a network-wide check site by
site, leading to low efficiency.
– Network performance deterioration cannot be detected in a timely
manner.
Optical power fluctuation caused by fiber aging, component aging,
wavelength adding or dropping, or external environment cannot be
discovered by manual monitoring in a timely manner. Network-wide data
collection and analysis require a long time and high costs.
With the development of WDM technologies and the change of network
topology, an effective network O&M tool is required.

Functions of the OD System


The OD system supports online OSNR monitoring for various rate wavelengths,
making the OSNR monitoring as convenient as that of 10G wavelengths. This
greatly facilitates routine maintenance and makes it easy to upgrade to higher
rate networks.

Figure 1-1 Online OSNR monitoring using the OD system

The online OSNR monitoring provided by the OD system has the following
features:
● Simple operations
The OSNR monitoring function is integrated into the Network Management.
It can be performed by directly operating the Network Management. The
virtual meter provides graphical display of the monitored OSNR information,
without using other auxiliary devices or complex operations.
● High detection precision

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

The detection precision is better than that of traditional OSNR detection.


● Wide range of monitored wavelengths
All site types, all wavelengths, and all spectrum widths can implement online
OSNR monitoring.

In addition, the OD system can be used to perform O&M of the optical layer on a
WDM network, as described below.

Figure 1-2 O&M of the optical layer on a WDM network

● Centralized configuration for network-wide monitoring


The OD system supports centralized configuration for optical-layer
performance monitoring parameters, greatly saving labor costs.
● Automatic monitoring of optical-layer performance
The OD system can automatically monitor network-wide optical-layer
performance without using any meters. It can automatically detect the
channels with abnormal performance.
● End-to-end (E2E) graphical display of optical-layer performance data
The OD system graphically displays E2E link performance, facilitating status
query and fault isolation.

To sum up, the OD system can achieve OSNR monitoring of high-rate WDM
networks, quick monitoring deployment, monitoring, and analysis of E2E optical-
layer performance. It improves wavelength-level optical-layer O&M capabilities
and provides services along the lifecycle of WDM networks, simplifying the
network O&M and saving the operating expense (OPEX).

1.2 System Composition


The OD system requires the collaboration between the hardware and software.

The hardware monitors and reports optical-layer performance in real time,


performs corresponding adjustments, and is uniformly scheduled by the software.
The software provides user-friendly GUIs, supports network-wide configuration,

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

provides visualized reports, and achieves centralized control and uniform


scheduling.
● Hardware
The hardware required by the OD system includes the following boards
installed on the NE:
– Optical amplifier (OA) boards, spectrum analysis boards, optical
wavelength conversion board supporting light sensor (LS OTU boards for
short): They are used to obtain optical-layer performance data, monitor
all optical signals in a centralized way without interrupting services, and
report the monitored optical-layer performance data to the OD system.
NOTE

Currently, some OTU boards support LS. When wavelength conversion is performed at the
transmit end, the low-frequency pilot-tone LS signals and LS overheads can be loaded,
which are used by the receive end to identify and detect optical performance data. Some
OA boards can directly report optical performance data (LS OA boards for short) after
detecting LS signals. Therefore, optical performance data does not need to be reported by
spectrum analysis boards.

Table 1-1 describes the typical deployment rules for each type of boards.

Table 1-1 Typical deployment rules for boards


Typical Configuration MCA Board
Deployment

- OTU Board OA Board -

Scenario 1: Only Non-LS OTU LS OA MCA must be


non-LS OTU deployed on all OA
exists. Non-LS OA boards (including LS
LS OA+Non-LS OA boards).
OA

Scenario 2: Only LS OTU LS OA MCA is not mandatory.


LS OTU exists.
LS OTU Non-LS OA MCA is mandatory.

LS OTU LS OA+Non-LS MCA must be


OA deployed on all non-LS
OA boards.

Scenario 3: Both Non-LS OTU+LS LS OA MCA must be


non-LS OTU and OTU deployed on all OA
LS OTU exist. Non-LS OA boards (including LS
LS OA+Non-LS OA boards).
OA

● Electrical variable optical attenuators (EVOAs) and gain-adjustable OA


boards: They are used to adjust optical signal performance parameters.
● Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) boards: They are used for inter-site
communication.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

● Software
The OD system is integrated in NCE. Users can deliver network-wide
performance monitoring configuration commands using NCE. After obtaining
the optical-layer performance data reported by each NE, the OD system
analyzes the performance data and graphically displays the analysis result.
Based on the configuration policy, the OD system instructs the EVOAs and OA
boards to perform adjustments and optimize optical-layer performance.

The following figure shows the collaboration between the hardware and software
of the OD system.

Figure 1-3 Collaboration between the hardware and software of the OD system

NOTE

The OD preferentially selects the MCA boards to query the optical performance.

1.3 Principles
After network-wide monitoring commands are delivered on the NMS in one-click
manner, the Optical Doctor (OD) system can monitor and report network optical-
layer performance in real time. The OD system can monitor the following
performance: main optical path performance, flatness, and input optical power of
the receive-end OTU board. This section describes the online performance
monitoring principles.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

Monitoring Main Optical Path Performance


The OD system monitors the main optical path performance in each optical
multiplexing section (OMS). It determines whether the line loss exceeds the design
end of life (EOL) value, whether the optical power of the transmit-end OA board
or the line loss compensation is out of the permitted range, and whether a fiber
cut occurs on the main optical path.
The following describes the process of monitoring main optical path performance
online:

Figure 1-4 Process of monitoring main optical path performance online

1. Using the OD system, a user sends a task of monitoring main optical path
performance.
2. The performance monitoring points on the functional boards over the main
optical path start monitoring the specific performance.
– Line loss monitoring
The receive-end OA board detects the line loss and reports an alarm
when the line loss exceeds the design EOL value.
– Monitoring of the optical power of the transmit-end OA board
The OD system compares the current input optical power of the transmit-
end OA board in an OMS with the nominal optical power, and reports an
alarm if the difference between the current input optical power and
nominal optical power exceeds the threshold.
– Line loss compensation monitoring
The receive-end OA board detects the line loss and reports an alarm
when the difference between the line loss and the gain value of the OA
board exceeds the threshold.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

NOTE

The line loss compensation monitoring checks whether the gain of the
downstream OA board matches the actual line loss.
Line loss compensation abnormalities include compensation abnormalities in an
optical transmission section (OTS) and accumulated compensation abnormalities
in an OMS. If the difference between the OTS line loss and OA gain in an OMS
exceeds the threshold, alarms are reported on all abnormal OTSs. If no OTS is
abnormal in the OMS, OTS line loss is calculated and accumulated from the first
OTS and an OMS abnormal alarm is reported on the OTS where the difference
between the accumulated OTS loss and OA gain exceeds the threshold.
– Fiber cut on the main optical path
The OD system checks for the MUT_LOS alarm to determine whether a
fiber cut occurs.
3. The monitoring information is reported to the OD system on the NMS.
4. The OD system processes the monitored performance data and displays it on
GUIs.

Monitoring Optical Power Flatness


Optical power flatness monitoring is performed based on OMSs.
The following describes the process of monitoring optical power flatness:

Figure 1-5 Process of monitoring optical performance flatness (applicable to


OPM8/MCA boards)

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

Figure 1-6 Process of monitoring optical performance flatness (applicable to LS


OA boards)

NOTE

● If both MCA and LS OA boards are deployed in the same OMS, the OD preferentially
selects MCA boards for performance monitoring.
● The OD selects the per-wavelength performance detection point in the following priority
order: intermediate detection point > transmit-end detection point > receive-end
detection point.

1. Using the OD system, a user sends a task of monitoring optical performance


flatness.
2. The functional boards on the main optical path start monitoring the specific
performance.
The MCA/LS OA board is used to scan the optical power of all single
wavelengths on the current OMS, calculate the average optical power of all
OCh wavelengths in the maintenance state, and determine the difference
between the single-wavelength optical power and average optical power. The
OD system considers that the optical power is flat when the difference
between the single-wavelength optical power and average optical power does
not exceed the alarm threshold.
3. The monitoring information is reported to the OD system on the NMS.
4. The OD system processes the monitored performance data and displays it on
GUIs.

Monitoring the Input Optical Power of the Receive-End OTU Board


The following describes the process of monitoring the input optical power of the
receive-end OTU board:

1. Using the OD system, a user sends a task of monitoring the input optical
power of the receive-end OTU board.
2. The OD system determines whether the input optical power is out of the
permitted range by checking for the R_LOS, IN_PWR_LOW, or IN_PWR_HIGH
alarm on the OTU board.
3. The monitoring information is reported to the OD system on the NMS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 1 OD System of a WDM/OTN Network

4. The OD system processes the alarm information.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

2 Dependencies and Limitations

2.1 OSN 9800/8800/6800/3800


2.2 OSN 1800
2.3 OptiXtrans E9600
2.4 OptiXtrans E6600
2.5 OptiXtrans DC908

2.1 OSN 9800/8800/6800/3800


This section describes the dependencies and limitations of the OD function in the
network planning phase for OSN 9800/8800/6800/3800.

2.1.1 Limitations on the OD Feature


Networking Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

PID board The PID board does not support the OD function.

RMU9 board For the versions earlier than OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R010C00 or OptiX OSN 9800 V100R002C10, neither optical
power detection nor OSNR detection is supported in the
scenario where the local add port of the RMU9 board is directly
connected to an OA board.

Optical OSC boards must be configured on the network.


supervisory
channel
(OSC) board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

Spectrum ● MCA/OPM8 boards must be configured for the OA boards


analyzer on the wavelength-adding OMS, and the first OA board at
board the transmit end and the last OA board at the receive end of
every inter-site OMS; if the OA board is RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/
SRAPXF, the IN port of an MCA/OPM8 must be connected to
the MON port of the EDFA module in this board. Otherwise,
OSNR detection is not supported.

Figure 2-1 Networking example

● MCA/OPM8 boards must be configured for the OA boards


on the wavelength-dropping OMS. Otherwise, OSNR
detection is not supported.

Figure 2-2 Networking example

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

● OptiX OSN 9800 P32 supports OD function only when


MON32 board is configured.
● Spectrum analyzer boards must be configured for the egress
OA board at the transmit end of the OMS, otherwise,
transmit-end optical power detection is not supported.
● Except spectrum analyzer boards, optical-layer boards in the
same dimension must be installed on the same NE.

Interconnection Restrictions
Item Dependencies and Limitations

MCA board If an MCA board is used to query and adjust the optical
performance, inter-site interconnection or optical-layer and
electrical-layer interconnection is supported between the
following devices:
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R003C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R011C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R006C20.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R005C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R011C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R007C00.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R005C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R012C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R007C10, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R007C10.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R006C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R012C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R008C00, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R008C00.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R006C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R013C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R008C10, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R008C10.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R007C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R013C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R009C00, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R009C00.

LS OA board If an LS OA board is used to query and adjust the optical


performance, inter-site interconnection or optical-layer and
electrical-layer interconnection is supported between OptiX
OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact (F3SCC) V100R009C00, OptiX
OSN 1800 II Enhanced V100R009C00, but not supported
between OSN 1800 and OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800.

CWDM The CWDM system does not support the OD function.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

Protection The OLP boards used for intra-board 1+1 protection or client
1+1 protection must be installed on electrical NEs, and the OLP
boards used for optical line protection must be installed on
optical NEs.

Communication Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Inter-NE Ensure normal communication between NEs.


communicatio
n

Inter-site OSC boards must be configured to ensure normal


communicatio communication between sites.
n

Cross-NE As shown in the following figure, when two NEs share a


spectrum spectrum analyzer board, ensure normal communication
analyzer between NE1 and Site C at the peer end of the OMS to which
board NE2 belongs.

Figure 2-3 NE example (applicable to OptiX OSN


8800/6800/3800/9800 equipment)

Precautions
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state.
● Ensure that the physical fiber connections are consistent with the logical fiber
connections.
● The Working Mode of the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF must be set to Gain
locking.
● All the OMSs on a complete OCh trail must be configured with Optical Doctor
functions. Otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● You must set the board rate, code type, and system wavelengths.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

● If the fiber loss needs to be checked to determine whether the loss value
exceeds the designed value, you must set the designed loss(EOL)(dB) value.
● In the scenario that requires high incident optical power, you must set the
incident optical power for the egress OA board at the transmit end on NCE.
● To ensure that optimization can be performed in case of abnormal line loss
compensation, and that the gain can be accurately adjusted, you must
calibrate the ASE value of the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.

2.1.2 Affected Features


None.

2.1.3 Mutually Exclusive Features


Item Dependencies and Limitations

ALC If the automatic level control (ALC) function is configured on a


network containing WDM equipment, the main optical path
monitoring function of the OD cannot be started, and an
OMS_LOSS_MON_FAIL alarm will be reported (only on the working
trail when protection is configured). The OD-provided power
maintenance function is more advanced and delivers better usability
than the ALC function. Before enabling the OD function, you must
delete the ALC function from a subnet. For details about the method
of deleting the ALC function, see 8.4 Deleting an ALC Link.
NOTE
To use the ALC function on a network where the monitoring or commissioning
function of the main optical path on the OD is enabled, you must disable the
monitoring or commissioning function first.

APE During the flatness adjustment on a network containing WDM


equipment, the OD will disable the automatic power equilibrium (APE)
function. The flatness adjustment results provided by the OD may be
inconsistent with the results of flatness adjustment using the APE
function. The OD-provided power maintenance function is more
advanced and delivers better usability than the APE function. Before
enabling the OD function, you are advised to delete the APE function
from a subnet. For details about the method of deleting the APE
function, see 8.5 Deleting an APE Pair.

2.2 OSN 1800


This section describes the dependencies and limitations of the OD function in the
network planning phase for OSN 1800.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

2.2.1 Limitations on the OD Feature


Networking Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Optical OSC boards must be configured on the network.


supervisory
channel
(OSC) board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

Spectrum ● If non-LS OTU boards exist on the network, MCA boards


analyzer must be deployed on all OA boards (including LS OA
board boards). For details about the deployment principles of MCA
boards, see 1.2 System Composition.
● MCA boards or LS OA boards must be configured for the OA
boards on the wavelength-adding OMS, and the first OA
board at the transmit end and the last OA board at the
receive end of every inter-site OMS. Otherwise, OSNR
detection is not supported.
● MCA boards or LS OA boards are not mandatory for the OA
boards on the wavelength-dropping OMS. If no MCA board
or LS OA board is configured, however, the OSNR of the
wavelength-dropping OA board and receive-end OTU board
cannot be viewed.
● If an MCA board is used to query the optical performance,
spectrum analyzer boards must be configured for the egress
OA board at the transmit end of the OMS. Otherwise,
transmit-end optical power detection is not supported.
● If an LS OA board is used to query the optical performance,
the OTU board in the wavelength-adding OMS must be of
the LS OTU type. Otherwise, the single-wavelength optical
power detection is not supported.
● Except spectrum analyzer boards, optical-layer boards in the
same dimension must be installed on the same NE.

Figure 2-4 Example of networking with protection

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Interconnection Restrictions
Item Dependencies and Limitations

MCA board If an MCA board is used to query and adjust the optical
performance, inter-site interconnection or optical-layer and
electrical-layer interconnection is supported between the
following devices:
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R003C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R011C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R006C20.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R005C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R011C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R007C00.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R005C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R012C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R007C10, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R007C10.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R006C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R012C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R008C00, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R008C00.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R006C10, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R013C00, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R008C10, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R008C10.
● OptiX OSN 9800 V100R007C00, OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R013C10, OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact
(F3SCC) V100R009C00, OptiX OSN 1800 II Enhanced
V100R009C00.

LS OA board If an LS OA board is used to query and adjust the optical


performance, inter-site interconnection or optical-layer and
electrical-layer interconnection is supported between OptiX
OSN 1800 V/1800 I&II Compact (F3SCC) V100R009C00, OptiX
OSN 1800 II Enhanced V100R009C00, but not supported
between OSN 1800 and OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800.

CWDM The CWDM system does not support the OD function.

Protection The OLP boards used for intra-board 1+1 protection or client
1+1 protection must be installed on electrical NEs, and the OLP
boards used for optical line protection must be installed on
optical NEs.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Communication Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Inter-NE Ensure normal communication between NEs.


communicatio
n

Inter-site OSC boards must be configured to ensure normal


communicatio communication between sites.
n

Cross-NE As shown in the following figure, when two NEs share a


spectrum spectrum analyzer board, ensure normal communication
analyzer between NE1 and Site C at the peer end of the OMS to which
board NE2 belongs.

Figure 2-5 NE example (applicable to OptiX OSN 1800


equipment)

Precautions
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state.
● Ensure that the physical fiber connections are consistent with the logical fiber
connections.
● All the OMSs on a complete OCh trail must be configured with Optical Doctor
functions. Otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● You must set the board rate, code type, and system wavelengths.
● If the fiber loss needs to be checked to determine whether the loss value
exceeds the designed value, you must set the designed loss(EOL)(dB) value.

2.2.2 Affected Features


None.

2.2.3 Mutually Exclusive Features


None.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

2.3 OptiXtrans E9600


This section describes the dependencies and limitations of the OD function in the
network planning phase for OptiXtrans E9600.

2.3.1 Limitations on the OD Feature


Networking Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

PID board The PID board does not support the OD function.

Optical OSC boards must be configured on the network.


supervisory
channel
(OSC) board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

Spectrum ● MCA/OPM8 boards must be configured for the OA boards


analyzer on the wavelength-adding OMS, and the first OA board at
board the transmit end and the last OA board at the receive end of
every inter-site OMS; if the OA board is SRAPXF, the IN port
of an MCA/OPM8 must be connected to the MON port of
the EDFA module in this board. Otherwise, OSNR detection
is not supported.

Figure 2-6 Networking example

● MCA/OPM8 boards must be configured for the OA boards


on the wavelength-dropping OMS. Otherwise, OSNR
detection is not supported.

Figure 2-7 Networking example

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

● Spectrum analyzer boards must be configured for the egress


OA board at the transmit end of the OMS section, otherwise,
transmit-end optical power detection is not supported.
● Except spectrum analyzer boards, optical-layer boards in the
same dimension must be installed on the same NE.

Interconnection Restrictions
Item Dependencies and Limitations

CWDM The CWDM system does not support the OD function.

Protection The OLP boards used for intra-board 1+1 protection or client
1+1 protection must be installed on electrical NEs, and the OLP
boards used for optical line protection must be installed on
optical NEs.

Communication Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Inter-NE Ensure normal communication between NEs.


communicatio
n

Inter-site OSC boards must be configured to ensure normal


communicatio communication between sites.
n

Cross-NE As shown in the following figure, when two NEs share a


spectrum spectrum analyzer board, ensure normal communication
analyzer between NE1 and Site C at the peer end of the OMS to which
board NE2 belongs.

Precautions
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state.
● Ensure that the physical fiber connections are consistent with the logical fiber
connections.
● The Working Mode of the SRAPXF must be set to Gain locking.
● All the OMS sections on a complete OCh trail must be configured with
Optical Doctor functions. Otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● You must set the board rate, code type, and system wavelengths.
● If the fiber loss needs to be checked to determine whether the loss value
exceeds the designed value, you must set the designed loss(EOL)(dB) value.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

● In the scenario that requires high incident optical power, you must set the
incident optical power for the egress OA board at the transmit end on NCE.
● To ensure that optimization can be performed in case of abnormal line loss
compensation, and that the gain can be accurately adjusted, you must
calibrate the ASE value of the SRAPXF board.

2.3.2 Affected Features


None.

2.3.3 Mutually Exclusive Features


Item Dependencies and Limitations

ALC If the automatic level control (ALC) function is configured on a


network containing OptiXtrans E9600 equipment, the main optical
path monitoring function of the OD cannot be started, and an OMS-
LOSS-MON-FAIL alarm will be reported (only on the working trail
when protection is configured). The OD-provided power maintenance
function is more advanced and delivers better usability than the ALC
function. Before enabling the OD function, you must delete the ALC
function from a subnet. For details about the method of deleting the
ALC function, see 8.4 Deleting an ALC Link.
NOTE
To use the ALC function on a network where the monitoring or commissioning
function of the main optical path on the OD is enabled, you must disable the
monitoring or commissioning function first.

APE During the flatness adjustment on a network containing OptiXtrans


E9600 WDM equipment, the OD will disable the automatic power
equilibrium (APE) function. The flatness adjustment results provided
by the OD may be inconsistent with the results of flatness adjustment
using the APE function. The OD-provided power maintenance function
is more advanced and delivers better usability than the APE function.
Before enabling the OD function, you are advised to delete the APE
function from a subnet. For details about the method of deleting the
APE function, see 8.5 Deleting an APE Pair.

2.4 OptiXtrans E6600


This section describes the dependencies and limitations of the OD function in the
network planning phase for OptiXtrans E6600.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

2.4.1 Limitations on the OD Feature


Networking Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Optical OSC boards must be configured on the network.


supervisory
channel
(OSC) board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Item Dependencies and Limitations

Spectrum ● If non-LS OTU boards exist on the network, MCA boards


analyzer must be deployed on all OA boards (including LS OA
board boards). For details about the deployment principles of MCA
boards, see 1.2 System Composition.
● MCA boards or LS OA boards must be configured for the OA
boards on the wavelength-adding OMS, and the first OA
board at the transmit end and the last OA board at the
receive end of every inter-site OMS. Otherwise, OSNR
detection is not supported.
● MCA boards or LS OA boards are not mandatory for the OA
boards on the wavelength-dropping OMS. If no MCA board
or LS OA board is configured, however, the OSNR of the
wavelength-dropping OA board and receive-end OTU board
cannot be viewed.
● If an MCA board is used to query the optical performance,
spectrum analyzer boards must be configured for the egress
OA board at the transmit end of the OMS section.
Otherwise, transmit-end optical power detection is not
supported.
● If an LS OA board is used to query the optical performance,
the OTU board in the wavelength-adding OMS must be of
the LS OTU type. Otherwise, the single-wavelength optical
power detection is not supported.
● Except spectrum analyzer boards, optical-layer boards in the
same dimension must be installed on the same NE.

Figure 2-8 Example of networking with protection

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Interconnection Restrictions
Item Dependencies and Limitations

CWDM The CWDM system does not support the OD function.

Protection The OLP boards used for intra-board 1+1 protection or client
1+1 protection must be installed on electrical NEs, and the OLP
boards used for optical line protection must be installed on
optical NEs.

Communication Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Inter-NE Ensure normal communication between NEs.


communicatio
n

Inter-site OSC boards must be configured to ensure normal


communicatio communication between sites.
n

Cross-NE As shown in the following figure, when two NEs share a


spectrum spectrum analyzer board, ensure normal communication
analyzer between NE1 and Site C at the peer end of the OMS to which
board NE2 belongs.

Figure 2-9 NE example (applicable to OptiX OSN 1800 WDM


equipment)

Precautions
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state.
● Ensure that the physical fiber connections are consistent with the logical fiber
connections.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

● All the OMS sections on a complete OCh trail must be configured with
Optical Doctor functions. Otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● You must set the board rate, code type, and system wavelengths.
● If the fiber loss needs to be checked to determine whether the loss value
exceeds the designed value, you must set the designed loss(EOL)(dB) value.

2.4.2 Affected Features


None.

2.4.3 Mutually Exclusive Features


None.

2.5 OptiXtrans DC908


This section describes the dependencies and limitations of the OD function in the
network planning phase for OptiXtrans DC908.

2.5.1 Limitations on the OD Feature

Interconnection Restrictions
Item Dependencies and Limitations

CWDM The CWDM system does not support the OD function.

Protection The OLP boards used for intra-board 1+1 protection or client
1+1 protection must be installed on electrical NEs, and the OLP
boards used for optical line protection must be installed on
optical NEs.

Communication Requirements
Item Dependencies and Limitations

Inter-NE Ensure normal communication between NEs.


communicatio
n

Inter-site OSC boards must be configured to ensure normal


communicatio communication between sites.
n

Cross-NE As shown in the following figure, when two NEs share a


spectrum spectrum analyzer board, ensure normal communication
analyzer between NE1 and Site C at the peer end of the OMS to which
board NE2 belongs.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 2 Dependencies and Limitations

Precautions
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state.
● Ensure that the physical fiber connections are consistent with the logical fiber
connections.
● The Working Mode must be set to Gain locking.
● All the OMSs on a complete OCh trail must be configured with Optical Doctor
functions. Otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● You must set the board rate, code type, and system wavelengths.
● If the fiber loss needs to be checked to determine whether the loss value
exceeds the designed value, you must set the designed loss(EOL)(dB) value.
● In the scenario that requires high incident optical power, you must set the
incident optical power for the egress OA board at the transmit end on NCE.
● To ensure that optimization can be performed in case of abnormal line loss
compensation, and that the gain can be accurately adjusted, you must
calibrate the ASE value of the board.

2.5.2 Affected Features


None.

2.5.3 Mutually Exclusive Features


Item Dependencies and Limitations

ALC If the automatic level control (ALC) function is configured on a


network containing OptiXtrans DC908 equipment, the main
optical path monitoring function of the OD cannot be started,
and an OMS_LOSS_MON_FAIL or OMS-LOSS-MON-FAIL alarm
will be reported (only on the working trail when protection is
configured). The OD-provided power maintenance function is
more advanced and delivers better usability than the ALC
function. Before enabling the OD function, you must delete the
ALC function from a subnet. For details about the method of
deleting the ALC function, see 8.4 Deleting an ALC Link.
NOTE
To use the ALC function on a network where the monitoring or
commissioning function of the main optical path on the OD is enabled,
you must disable the monitoring or commissioning function first.

APE During the flatness adjustment on a network containing


OptiXtrans DC908 equipment, the OD will disable the
automatic power equilibrium (APE) function. The flatness
adjustment results provided by the OD may be inconsistent
with the results of flatness adjustment using the APE function.
The OD-provided power maintenance function is more
advanced and delivers better usability than the APE function.
Before enabling the OD function, you are advised to delete the
APE function from a subnet. For details about the method of
deleting the APE function, see 8.5 Deleting an APE Pair.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

3 Availability

The equipment and NCE of specific versions and licenses are required to enable
the Optical Doctor (OD) function.
3.1 Required License
3.2 Supported Hardware and Versions

3.1 Required License


This section describes the licenses required by the OD system.
Table 3-1 lists the OD license requirements.

NOTE

The software used during the manual writing is loaded with full NetStar O&M licenses. The
functions in some screenshots can only be displayed when the corresponding licenses are
enabled. For example, you can see the function item of optical power optimization in the
introduction to SOM functions, but the display on your software is different. This is because
the software lacks the corresponding license.

Table 3-1 OD license requirements


ID License Name Description

LNSDO OptiX OTN The license for the OSNR of a port is required
PX8807 Platform,Port OSNR only when the TN11MCA402 or TN11MCA802
Monitor Function spectrum analysis board is used. A License is
Fee required for each MCA port.

LSDSO Optical Doctor The 10G network monitoring network


M01a Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(10G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

ID License Name Description

LSDSO Optical Doctor The 40G network monitoring network


M02a Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(40G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

LSDSO Optical Doctor The 100G network monitoring network


M03a Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(100G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

LNSDO Optical Doctor The 200G network monitoring network


DSFP04 Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
a System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(200G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

LNSDO Optical Doctor The 400G network monitoring network


DSFP05 Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
a System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(400G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

LNSDR Optical Doctor The 600G network monitoring network


TUC12a Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(600G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

LNSDR Optical Doctor The 800G network monitoring network


TUC13a Management exceptions function, automatically optimizing
System Software the main optical path function, and viewing the
Fee Per Port(800G) OSNR function can be used only after the
license is obtained.

a: An OD management license is required for each line-side port on an OTU


board or each port on a 10G, 40G, 100G, 200G, 400G, 600G or 800G line board.
This requirement applies to 40-wavelength, 80-wavelength, 96-wavelength, 120-
wavelength, and FlexGrid systems.

3.2 Supported Hardware and Versions


This section describes the boards supported by the OD system and the mapping
between devices, tools, and the NMS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

NOTE

The OD function is integrated in the OptiX NetStar O&M component package that matches the
NMS. To obtain the component package, contact the local Huawei engineers. The OptiX NetStar
O&M component package is available in the following navigation path:
● Carrier network: Support > Software > Network > Transmission&Access > WDM > WDM
tools > NetStar-WDM at http://support.huawei.com.
● Enterprise network: Support > Transmission Network > WDM > NetStar-WDM at http://
support.huawei.com/enterprise.

Version Mapping Between Boards, Products, and WDM Tools (Carrier


Services)
Table 3-2 shows the OA boards and spectrum analyzer boards that support the
OD function for carrier services.

Table 3-2 OA boards and spectrum analyzer boards that support the OD function
Board Type WDM Equipment

- OSN 9800/8800/6800/3800 OptiX OSN 1800

OA board TN11OAU1, TN12OAU1, TN13OAU1, TNF1OPU, TNF1OBU,


TN11OBU1, TN12OBU1, TN13OBU1, TNF2OBU, TNF1BAS1,
TN11OBU2, TN12OBU2, TN15OAU1, TNF1DAP, TMB1DAP,
TN15OBU1, TN11DAS1, TN11RAU1, TMB1MD40AFS,
TN11RAU2, TN12RAU1, TN12RAU2, TMB1OBU,
HBA, TN11SRAU, TN52DAP, TMB1MR4AFS
TN52DAPXF, TN53DAPXF, NOTE
TN52SRAPXF, TNG2DAP, TNG2DAPXF, Only the TNF1DAP board
TNG3DAPXF, TNG2WDAPXF, and TMB1MR4AFS board
TNG2SRAPXF, TNG3SRAPXF, support detection of
single-wavelength optical
TNG2WDAPXFR, TNG2WRPC,
power and OSNR of LS
TNG2RPC, TNG2WDAP, TNG3OH20H signals.
NOTE
● The TN12OBU1P1 or TN13OBU1P3
board does not support the OD
function.
● The CRPC or ROP board does not
support the OD function.
● HBA boards do not support the OD
function when they are intended for
OptiX OSN 8800/6800 in a version
earlier than V100R007C02SPC300.
The TN51HBA board supports the OD
function only in the C band instead of
the extended C band.
● The TN11SRAU board does not
support the OD function when it is
intended for OptiX OSN 3800.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

Board Type WDM Equipment

Optical TMP1OT3232, TMP1OT0848C, -


tributary TMP2OT3232, TMP2OT3232E,
board TMP3OT3232E, TMP3OT2020,
TMP2OT0824C
NOTE
Optical tributary boards support OD
function only when MON32 board is
configured.

Optical line TMP1ON32, TMP1ON32P, -


board TMP1DWSS32, TMP2DWSS32,
TMP2ON32, TMP2ON32P,
TMP2ON20P, TMP2DWSS20,
TMP2ON20
NOTE
Optical line boards support OD function
only when MON32 board is configured.

Spectrum TN11MCA401, TN11MCA402, TNF1OPM8,


analyzer TN11MCA801, TN11MCA802, TMB1OPM8
board TN11OMCA, TN11OPM8, NOTE
TN15OPM8, TN97OPM8, ● If the LS OTU board
TN55OPM8, TNG2OPM8, TNF1LDCA is deployed
TNG3OPM8 at the transmit end
NOTE and the TNF1DAP
board is used to query
● A TN11MCA402 or TN11MCA802 and adjust the optical
board may not support the OD performance, no
function because its module firmware OPM8 board needs to
version is too old. In this case, contact be configured.
Huawei engineers for problem
handling. ● The TNF1OPM8 board
does not support the
● TN11MCA401, TN11MCA801, and detection of 200G
TN11OPM8 do not support the OSNR ePDM-e16QAM
detection of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, 100 (SDFEC2) signals of
Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s, 400 Gbit/s LDCA boards.
wavelengths.
● Only TN15OPM8, TN97OPM8,
TN55OPM8, TNG2OPM8, and
TNG3OPM8 boards support OSNR
detection for the FlexGrid
wavelengths.
● If the function of detecting center
wavelengths is not required, use the
TN12OPM8 board.
● The TNG2OPM8/TNG3OPM8 board
support OSNR detection for 10 Gbit/s,
40 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s, and
400 Gbit/s signals and support OSNR
detection for wavelengths at a fixed
channel spacing, flexible grid
wavelengths, and super C band.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

NOTE

● The OD function is not supported if TN22SCC boards are used in OptiX OSN 3800.
● Upgrading the OD function involves network evaluation and reconstruction. Therefore, if
the OD function needs to be upgraded on the live network, contact Huawei technical
support engineers.

Version Mapping Between Boards, Products, and WDM Tools (Enterprise


Services)
Table 3-3 shows the OA boards and spectrum analyzer boards that support the
OD function for enterprise services.

Table 3-3 OA boards and spectrum analyzer boards that support the OD function

Board WDM Equipment


Type

- OptiXtrans E9600 OptiXtrans E6600 OptiXtrans DC908

OA TNG2DAP, TNF1OBU, TNF2OBU, TMN1EMR801,


board TNG2DAPXF, TNF1DAP, TMB1DAP, TMN1OLS01/
TNG3DAPXF, TMB1MD40AFS, TMN1OLL01/
TNG3SRAPXF, TMB1OBU TMN1OLS02/
TNG2WDAPXFR, NOTE TMN1OLL02,
TNG2WRPC, Only the TNF1DAP TMN1OLAS01/
TNG2RPC, board supports TMN1OLAL01,
TNG2WDAP, detection of single- TMN1WOLS01/
wavelength optical
TNG3OH20H TMN1WOLL01,
power and OSNR of LS
signals. TMN1WOLAS01/
TMN1WOLAL01

Spectru TNG2OPM8, TNF1OPM8, -


m TNG3OPM8 TMB1OPM8
analyze NOTE NOTE
r board ● Only TNG2OPM8, ● If the LS OTU board
and TNG3OPM8 TNF1LDCA is
boards support deployed at the
OSNR detection transmit end and
for the FlexGrid the TNF1DAP board
wavelengths. is used to query and
● The TNG2OPM8/ adjust the optical
TNG3OPM8 performance, no
board support OPM8 board needs
OSNR detection to be configured.
for 10 Gbit/s, 40 ● The TNF1OPM8
Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, board does not
200 Gbit/s, and support the
400 Gbit/s signals detection of 200G
and support ePDM-e16QAM
OSNR detection (SDFEC2) signals of
for wavelengths LDCA boards.
at a fixed channel
spacing, flexible
grid wavelengths,
and super C band.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

NOTE

● Upgrading the OD function involves network evaluation and reconstruction. Therefore, if


the OD function needs to be upgraded on the live network, contact Huawei technical
support engineers.

Version Mapping Between WDM Tools and NMSs


The WDM maintenance and running components have a strong mapping
relationship with the NMS version.
The following table lists the mapping between mainstream tool versions and
NMS versions for services.

Table 3-4 Version mapping between the tool and NCE NMS
Tool Version NCE NMS Versiona

NetStar_O&M 7.0.510 V100R018C10SPC201CP2117/


V100R018C10SPC201CP2116/
V100R018C10SPC201CP2115

NetStar O&M V100R019C00SPC500CP5101


19.0.510

NetStar_O&M V100R019C00SPC600
19.1.310

NetStar_O&M V100R019C00CP6111
19.1.510 V100R019C00CP6112

NetStar_O&M V100R019C00SPC602
19.1.610

NetStar_O&M V100R020C10SPC200
20.1.310

NetStar_O&M V100R021C00SPC101
21.0.210

NetStar_O&M V100R021C00SPC200
21.0.310

NetStar_O&M V100R021C00SPC201
21.0.510

NetStar_O&M 21.0.610 V100R021C00SPC202

a: The NMS versions in bold are recommended.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 3 Availability

NOTE

Huawei OptiXtrans series products adapt to OptiX_NetStar_O&M since


OptiX_NetStar_O&M 19.1.610.

Table 3-5 Version mapping between the tool and U2000


Tool Version iManager U2000 Versiona

OptiX_NetStar_O&M ● V200R016C60CP2025/V200R016C60CP2026/
6.0.210 V200R016C60CP2027/V200R016C60CP2028/
V200R016C60CP2225/V200R016C60CP2322/
V200R016C60CP2323/V200R016C60CP2325
● V200R017C50CP2003/V200R017C50CP2005
● V200R017C60SPC201/V200R017C60CP2012/
V200R017C60CP2013
● V200R018C50SPC200/V200R018C50CP2002/
V200R018C50CP2301

OptiX_NetStar_O&M ● V200R017C60CP2015/V200R017C60CP2312
7.0.310 ● V200R018C50CP2003/V200R018C50CP2102
● V200R018C60SPC200

OptiX_NetStar_O&M V200R018C60SPC500CP5001/
19.0.310 V200R018C60SPC200CP2001

OptiX_NetStar_O&M V200R018C60SPC501CP5011
19.1.110

a: The NMS versions in bold are recommended.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

4 Feature Updates

4.1 Feature Updates of the OD


4.2 Feature Updates of OSN 9800
4.3 Feature Updates of OSN 8800/6800/3800
4.4 Feature Updates of OSN 1800
4.5 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E9600
4.6 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E6600
4.7 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans DC908

4.1 Feature Updates of the OD


This section describes the update history of the OD.

Update of NetStar O&M 21.0.610 Compared with 21.0.510


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

When the TNG2DAP, Function enhanced For details, see 5.2.4.2.3


TNG2DAPXF, Enabling OD Monitoring by
TNG3DAPXF boards Trail.
use the
TNG3OACE106
optical module, OA
Extended Gain can
be set to Enable.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of NetStar O&M 21.0.510 Compared with 21.0.310


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Updating License The 600G and 800G For details, see 3.1 Required
licenses are supported. License.

Update of NetStar O&M 21.0.310 Compared with 21.0.210


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Updating OMS Added function For details, see 5.2.4.2.3


Configuration Items Enabling OD Monitoring by
Trail.

Optical Line Added function For details, see 5.4 Optical


Protection Line Protection
Visualization Visualization.

Update of NetStar O&M 21.0.210 Compared with 20.1.310


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

New boards Added function Boards that support


supporting V100R021C00 are added to
V100R021C00 the version mapping table.

Updating OMS Added function For details, see 5.2.4.2.3


Configuration Items Enabling OD Monitoring by
Trail.

Updating Planning Added function For details, see 5.2.1.4


Parameters Settings Setting Planning
Parameters.

Update of NetStar O&M 20.1.310 Compared with 19.1.610


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

New boards Added function Boards that support


supporting V100R020C10 are added to
V100R020C10 the version mapping table.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of NetStar O&M 19.1.610 Compared with 19.1.510


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

New boards Added function Boards that support


supporting V100R019C10 are added to
V100R019C10 the version mapping table.

Update of NetStar O&M 19.1.510 Compared with 19.1.310


Feature Update Reason for the Information Update
Update

The TMP1OT3232/ The board is new to Availability:


TMP1OT0848C/ the product and Added TMP1OT3232/
TMP1ON32, should support the TMP1OT0848C/TMP1ON32,
TMP1ON32P/ basic board functions. TMP1ON32P/TMP1DWSS32 in
TMP1DWSS32 board is the descriptions of Supported
added and it supports Hardware and Versions.
the OD.

Update of NetStar O&M 19.1.310 Compared with 19.0.510


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TNG3SRAPXF The board is new to the Availability, Dependencies


board is added and it product and should and Limitations and
supports the OD. support the basic board Calibrating ASE:
functions. Added TNG3SRAPXF in the
descriptions of SRAU.

The TNG2OPM8/ The board is new to the Availability, Dependencies


TNG3OPM8 board is product and should and Limitations, Analyzing
added and it supports support the basic board the Performance Data of
the OD. functions. E2E Trails, and Analyzing
the Single-Wavelength
Optical Power and OSNR of
OA Boards:
Added TNG2OPM8/
TNG3OPM8 in the
descriptions of MCA.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of NetStar O&M 19.0.510 Compared with 7.0.510


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The usability is UIs are optimized. None


optimized.

7.0.510
Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD system iMaster NCE is The description of NCE is


supports iMaster supported by the OD added.
NCE. system.

4.2 Feature Updates of OSN 9800


The Optical Doctor (OD) function is available since the OptiX OSN 9800
V100R001C00 version. This topic describes the feature updates in the OptiX OSN
9800 product versions, the reasons for the updates, and the corresponding
information updates. Any product versions that are not listed in the document
means that they have no feature updates.

Update of V100R021C00 Compared with V100R020C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


board is added. product and should the feature.
● TMP2OT0824C/ support the basic board
TMP2ON20P/ functions.
TMP2DWSS20/
TMP2ON20

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R020C10 Compared with V100R019C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


board is added. product and should the feature.
● TNG2WRPC/ support the basic board
TNG2RPC/ functions.
TNG2WDAP/
TNG2WDAPXFR/
TNG3OH20H
● TMP2DWSS32/
TMP2ON32/
TMP2ON32P/
TMP2OT0824C/
TMP2ON20P/
TMP2DWSS20/
TMP2ON20

Update of V100R019C10 Compared with V100R006C00SPC600


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TNG2DAP/ The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TNG2DAPXF/ product and should the feature.
TNG3DAPXF/ support the basic board
TNG2WDAPXF/ functions.
TNG2SRAPXF/
TNG3SRAPXF board is
added and it supports
the OD.

Update of V100R006C00SPC600 Compared with V100R006C00SPC500


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN52SRAPXF board The board is new to the Availability,


is added and it supports product and should Dependencies and
the OD. support the basic board Limitations and
functions. Calibrating ASE:
Added TN52SRAPXF or
SRAPXF in the
descriptions of SRAU.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R006C00SPC500 Compared with V100R005C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The BER threshold values The product limitation is Dependencies and


required by the link updated. Limitations:
optimization The link optimization
commissioning are commissioning
updated. restrictions are updated.

Update of V100R005C10 Compared with V100R005C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The description of the The main optical path Reference Operations:


rollback operation upon cannot be rolled back. The requirements before
an abnormality is added You are advised to and after the rollback
for Link Optimization compare report data operation are added in
Commissioning (in after rollback with report Troubleshooting.
Manual Optimization data before
Mode). commissioning, and
modify parameters if
required in the NE
Explorer.

Update of V100R003C10SPC200 Compared with V100R003C10SPC100


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD supports Inter- The product functions Dependencies and


site interconnection or are enhanced. Limitations:
optical-layer and Interconnection
electrical-layer restrictions are added.
interconnection scenario
between OptiX OSN
9800 and OptiX OSN
1800 V/1800 I&II
Compact (F3SCC).

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R003C10SPC100 Compared with V100R003C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The function of querying The system can display ● In Querying Alarms


the automatic the main optical path by Fault List, the
optimization records of optimization and function description
main optical paths is commissioning records of the new shortcut
added. of OMSs. Users can menu View
export commissioning Optimization Record
comparison reports that for some alarm
contain span records on the Alarm
performance comparison Info tab is added.
data before and after ● Querying Automatic
adjustment and Optimization
adjustment volume Records of Main
comparison data of Optical Paths is
adjusted objects. added to reference
operations.

The OD newly supports The product functions ● Availability,


OSNR detection in the are enhanced. Configuring OD
FlexGrid system. Route for a Trail and
Configuring OSNR
Detection for a Trail:
The FlexGrid system
description is added.
● Setting Incident
Optical Power on
the NCE:
The incident optical
power offset
description of the
FlexGrid system is
added.

Update of V100R003C00 Compared with V100R002C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN51HBA board is The Limitation is new to Availability:


added but it not the product. The limitation is added
supports the OD in the Supported
function in the extended Hardware and Version.
C band.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD supports 400G OD function is enhanced. Availability,


OSNR detection. Dependencies and
Limitations,
Configuring OD Route
for a Trail and
Configuring OSNR
Detection for a Trail:
Added the description of
400G OSNR detection.

Update of V100R002C10 Compared withV100R001C30SPC200


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN15OPM8 board is The board is new to the ● Availability,


added and it supports product and should Dependencies and
the OD. support 200G OSNR Limitations,
detection. Analyzing the
Performance Data of
E2E Trails, and
Analyzing the
Single-Wavelength
Optical Power and
OSNR of OA Boards:
Added TN15OPM8 or
OPM8 in the
descriptions of MCA.
● Availability,
Dependencies and
Limitations, and
Configuring OD
Route for a Trail:
Added the description
of 200G OSNR
detection.

The TN11SRAU board is The board is new to the Availability,


added and it supports product and should Dependencies and
the OD. support the basic board Limitations and
functions. Calibrating ASE:
Added TN11SRAU or
SRAU in the descriptions
of RAU.

The TN16FIU board is The boards is new to the Calibrating ASE:


added and it supports product and should Added TN16FIU in the
the OD. support the basic board descriptions of TN14FIU.
functions.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R001C30SPC100 Compared with V100R001C30


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN13OBU1 board is The board is new to the Availability:


added and it supports product and should The board is added in
the OD. support the basic board the Supported Hardware
functions. and Version.

Update of V100R001C30 Compared with V100R001C20SPC300


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN12RAU1 and The boards are new to Availability:


TN12RAU2 boards are the product and should The boards are added in
added and they support support the basic board the Supported Hardware
the OD. functions. and Version.

Update of V100R001C20 Compared with V100R001C01SPC10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Added the function of On the U2000, you can Descriptions of Setting


setting optical fiber set the Medium Type, Fiber Parameters are
parameters in a Length, and Designed added.
centralized way. Loss(EOL) for multiple
optical fibers at a time.

Update of V100R001C01SPC100 Compared with V100R001C01


Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the function of querying The OD view displays network


network performance using the OD performance through network
view. topology. In this view, you can learn
about the network topology, the
operating status of objects managed
by the OD system, and the possible
exceptions in real time.

Added the function of comparing You can import the backup historical
current and historical performance of data and compare it with the current
trails. performance data to identify possible
network performance deterioration in
a timely manner.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the function of exporting You can export the networkwide


reports. preventive maintenance inspection
(PMI) report or trail performance
report. These reports can be used for
data comparison in future network
O&M.

Update in V100R001C01 Compared with V100R001C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the centralized monitoring The centralized monitoring


configuration function. configuration function is used to
monitor networks in real time, greatly
saving labor costs.

Added the function of automatically The function of automatically


monitoring network changes. monitoring network changes is used to
automatically deliver configured
monitoring policies to new services on
a periodic basis, avoiding manual
setting of monitoring parameters.

Added the function of detecting The function of detecting optical


optical power or OSNR in E2E mode. power or OSNR in E2E mode enables
performance data to be intuitively
displayed in E2E mode, facilitating
fault diagnosis.

Added the function of automatically The function of automatically


optimizing network performance. optimizing network performance can
be used to automatically optimize
deteriorated OChs, ensuring normal
network operating.

Feature updates in V100R001C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the function of detecting The function of detecting and


single-NE optical parameters. reporting single-NE optical parameters
is used to accurately detect the OSNR
of 10G/40G/100G wavelengths,
without using any meter. This greatly
facilitates routine maintenance.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

4.3 Feature Updates of OSN 8800/6800/3800


The Optical Doctor (OD) function is available since the OptiX OSN 8800
V100R007C00 version. This topic describes the feature updates in the OptiX OSN
8800 product versions, the reasons for the updates, and the corresponding
information updates. Any product versions that are not listed in the document
means that they have no feature updates.

Update of V100R012C10SPC300 Compared with V100R012C10SPC200


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN52SRAPXF board The board is new to the Availability,


is added and it supports product and should Dependencies and
the OD. support the basic board Limitations and
functions. Calibrating ASE:
Added TN52SRAPXF or
SRAPXF in the
descriptions of SRAU.

Update of V100R012C10SPC200 Compared with V100R012C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The BER threshold values The product limitation is Dependencies and


required by the link updated. Limitations:
optimization The link optimization
commissioning are commissioning
updated. restrictions are updated.

Update of V100R011C00SPC200 Compared with V100R010C10SPC200


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD supports Inter- The product functions Dependencies and


site interconnection or are enhanced. Limitations:
optical-layer and Interconnection
electrical-layer restrictions are added.
interconnection scenario
between OptiX OSN
8800/6800/3800 and
OptiX OSN 1800 V/1800
I&II Compact (F3SCC).

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The function of querying The system can display ● In Querying Alarms


the automatic the main optical path by Fault List, the
optimization records of optimization and function description
main optical paths is commissioning records of the new shortcut
added. of OMSs. Users can menu View
export commissioning Optimization Record
comparison reports that for some alarm
contain span records on the Alarm
performance comparison Info tab is added.
data before and after ● Querying Automatic
adjustment and Optimization
adjustment volume Records of Main
comparison data of Optical Paths is
adjusted objects. added to reference
operations.

The OD newly supports The product functions ● Availability,


OSNR detection in the are enhanced. Configuring OD
FlexGrid system. Route for a Trail and
Configuring OSNR
Detection for a Trail:
The FlexGrid system
description is added.
● Setting Incident
Optical Power on
the NCE:
The incident optical
power offset
description of the
FlexGrid system is
added.

Update of V100R010C10SPC200 Compared with V100R010C00SPC200


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN51HBA board is The Limitation is new to Availability:


added but it not the product. The limitation is added
supports the OD in the Supported
function in the extended Hardware and Version.
C band.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R010C00SPC200 Compared with V100R009C10SPC100


Feature Update Reason for the Information Update
Update

The TN15OPM8 board The board is new to ● Availability,


is added and it the product and should Dependencies and
supports the OD. support 200G OSNR Limitations, Analyzing
detection. the Performance Data
of E2E Trails, and
Analyzing the Single-
Wavelength Optical
Power and OSNR of OA
Boards:
Added TN15OPM8 or
OPM8 in the descriptions
of MCA.
● Availability,
Dependencies and
Limitations and
Configuring OD Route
for a Trail: Added the
description of 200G
OSNR detection.

The TN11SRAU board is The board is new to Availability, Dependencies


added and it supports the product and should and Limitations and
the OD. support the basic board Calibrating ASE:
functions. Added TN11SRAU or SRAU
in the descriptions of RAU.

Update of V100R009C10SPC100 Compared with V100R009C00SPC100


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN16FIU board is The boards is new to the Calibrating ASE:


added and it supports product and should Added TN16FIU in the
the OD. support the basic board descriptions of TN14FIU.
functions.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Update of V100R009C00SPC100 Compared with V100R008C10SPC210/


SPC300
Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The TN12RAU1, The boards are new to Availability:


TN12RAU2, and the product and should The boards are added in
TN13OBU1 boards are support the basic board the Supported Hardware
added and they support functions. and Version.
the OD.

Update of V100R008C10 Compared with V100R008C00SPC230


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Added the function of On the U2000, you can Descriptions of Setting


setting optical fiber set the Medium Type, Fiber Parameters are
parameters in a Length, and Designed added.
centralized way. Loss(EOL) for multiple
optical fibers at a time.

Update of V100R008C00SPC200 Compared with V100R008C00SPC100


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Added the function of The OD view displays Descriptions of querying


querying network network performance network performance
performance using the through network in the OD view are
OD view. topology. In this view, added.
you can learn about the
network topology, the
operating status of
objects managed by the
OD system, and the
possible exceptions in
real time.

Added the function of You can import the Descriptions of backing


comparing current and backup historical data up trail performance
historical performance of and compare it with the data and importing the
trails. current performance historical performance
data to identify possible data of trails are added.
network performance
deterioration in a timely
manner.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

Added the function of You can export the Descriptions of


exporting reports. networkwide preventive exporting reports are
maintenance inspection added.
(PMI) report or trail
performance report.
These reports can be
used for data
comparison in future
network O&M.

Update in V100R008C00SPC100 Compared with V100R007C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the centralized monitoring The centralized monitoring


configuration function. configuration function is used to
monitor networks in real time, greatly
saving labor costs.

Added the function of automatically The function of automatically


monitoring network changes. monitoring network changes is used to
automatically deliver configured
monitoring policies to new services on
a periodic basis, avoiding manual
setting of monitoring parameters.

Added the function of detecting The function of detecting optical


optical power or OSNR in E2E mode. power or OSNR in E2E mode enables
performance data to be intuitively
displayed in E2E mode, facilitating
fault diagnosis.

Added the function of automatically The function of automatically


optimizing network performance. optimizing network performance can
be used to automatically optimize
deteriorated OChs, ensuring normal
network operating.

The HBA board starts to support the The board function is enhanced.
feature.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Feature updates in V100R007C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update

Added the function of detecting The function of detecting and


single-NE optical parameters. reporting single-NE optical parameters
is used to accurately detect the OSNR
of 10G/40G/100G wavelengths,
without using any meter. This greatly
facilitates routine maintenance.

4.4 Feature Updates of OSN 1800


The Optical Doctor (OD) function is available since the 1800 V of V100R6C00
version.The Optical Doctor (OD) function is available since the 1800 I&II Compact
of V100R006C00 version.The Optical Doctor (OD) function is available since the
1800 II Enhanced of V100R007C10 version.This topic describes the feature updates
in each version and the corresponding documentation updates. The versions that
are not listed in the document are those without feature updates.

Updates in V100R021C00 compared with V100R020C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMB1OBU board is product and should the feature.
added. support the basic board
functions.

Updates in V100R020C10 compared with V100R009C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMB1MD40AFS board is product and should the feature.
added. support the basic board
functions.

Updates in V100R009C00 compared with V100R008C00


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMB1DAP board is product and should the feature.
added. support the basic board
functions.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

Updates in V100R008C00 compared with V100R007C10


Feature Update Description

Information optimization Dependencies and Limitations:


The BER threshold values required by the link
optimization commissioning are updated.

Updates in V100R007C10 compared with V100R007C00


Feature Update Description

Enhancement 1800 II Enhanced is added to support the OD


function.

Updates in V100R006C00 compared with V100R005C20


Update Type Description

Addition 1800 V: The entire chapter is added.


1800 I&II Compact: The entire chapter is added.

4.5 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E9600


This topic describes the feature updates in the OptiXtrans E9600 product versions,
the reasons for the updates, and the corresponding information updates. Any
product versions that are not listed in the document means that they have no
feature updates.

Update of V100R020C10 Compared with V100R019C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


board is added. product and should the feature.
● TNG2WRPC/ support the basic board
TNG2RPC/ functions.
TNG2WDAP/
TNG2WDAPXFR/
TNG3OH20H
● TMP2DWSS32/
TMP2ON32/
TMP2ON32P

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 4 Feature Updates

4.6 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans E6600


This topic describes the feature updates in each version and the corresponding
documentation updates. The versions that are not listed in the document are
those without feature updates.

Updates in V100R021C00 compared with V100R020C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMB1OBU board is product and should the feature.
added. support the basic board
functions.

Updates in V100R020C10 compared with V100R019C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMB1MD40AFS board is product and should the feature.
added. support the basic board
functions.

4.7 Feature Updates of OptiXtrans DC908


This topic describes the feature updates in each version and the corresponding
documentation updates. The versions that are not listed in the document are
those without feature updates.

Updates in V100R020C10 compared with V100R019C10


Feature Update Reason for the Update Information Update

The OD function of the The board is new to the Added descriptions of


TMN1WOLS01/ product and should the feature.
TMN1WOLL01, support the basic board
TMN1WOLAS01/ functions.
TMN1WOLAL01 board is
added.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5 Using the OD System for Network O&M


(NCE)

5.1 OD System Configuration and Usage Flowchart


5.2 Configuring the OD System
5.3 Using the OD System for Network O&M
5.4 Optical Line Protection Visualization

5.1 OD System Configuration and Usage Flowchart


After the monitoring parameters of the Optical Doctor (OD) system are set for a
network in centralized mode, the OD system can be used to monitor the network
in real time, report abnormalities.

NOTICE

When the OD system is configured or the OD is used for network maintenance:


● If the NCE time is changed, you need to log out of the OD system first. After
the NCE services and database are restarted, you can log in to the NCE client
again.
● If the time zone of NCE is changed, you need to log out the OD system first.
After the OS, NCE services, and database of the NCE server are restarted, you
can log in to the NCE client again.

Figure 5-1 OD configuration and usage flowchart

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Figure 5-1 the detailed OD configuration process.


Configure OD monitoring:
● For a newly deployed network, you are advised to configure OD monitoring
with reference to 5.2.4.1 Method 1: By Subnet.
● For an existing network, you are advised to configure OD monitoring with
reference to 5.2.4.2 Method 2: By Trail.

Table 5-1 OD system configuration flow


Task Description

5.2.1 The following operations need to be performed:


Setting ● 5.2.1.1 Synchronizing the NE Time with the NCE Time
Basic
Parameter ● 5.2.1.2 Synchronizing Data on NCE
s ● 5.2.1.3 Setting Fiber Parameters
● 5.2.1.4 Setting Planning Parameters
● 5.2.1.5 Calibrating ASE

5.2.2 The OD only monitors the trails in the Maintenance state. For
Setting trails that are successfully commissioned during manual
the Status deployment or expansion commissioning, manually set the
of OCh Maintenance Status of the OCh trails to Maintenance.
Trails

5.2.3 The OD can monitor the main optical path and flatness of a
Setting network in real time after OD monitoring parameters and alarm
Basic OD optimization monitoring are configured. This section describes how
Monitorin to set basic OD monitoring parameters.
g
Parameter
s

5.2.4.1 After network monitoring parameters are set in a centralized


Method 1: manner, the OD can monitor the main optical path and flatness of
By Subnet the network in real time, reports abnormal information, detects
network changes, and delivers configuration parameters to a new
network node in a timely manner.

5.2.4.2 In addition to OD monitoring configuration by subnet, you can


Method 2: also enable OD monitoring by trail. After you enable OD
By Trail monitoring for an OMS trail, the OD can monitor the main optical
path and flatness of the OMS trail in real time and report
abnormal information.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Task Description

5.2.5 After automatic adjustment of the main optical path is enabled for
Configurin an OMS, the system can automatically optimize the main optical
g path of the OMS that generates the OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN,
Automatic SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN, or SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN alarm.
Main
Optical
Path
Adjustme
nt and
Automatic
Equalizati
on by Trail

Table 5-2 Network O&M using the OD


Task Description

5.3.1 The exception list in the OD main window displays all exception
Querying information at the optical layer of the current network. The
Network exception information includes the exception type, exception level,
Performan and fault point. In the exception list, users can also view the OCh
ce trails where alarms are generated.

Analyze The OD can intuitively display the monitored performance data,


trail such as the multiplexed-wavelength optical power, single-
performan wavelength optical power, and single-wavelength OSNR. In this
ce data. way, users can analyze trail performance based on the intuitively
displayed data and can import the historical performance data of
trails to compare the current data with the historical data. For the
procedures, see the following:
● 5.3.2 Analyzing Current Trail Performance
● 5.3.3 Comparing Historical and Current Performance Data

5.3.4 Users can check the commissioning results in the generated report
Exporting and save the report for data comparison in further network
Reports operation and maintenance.

5.2 Configuring the OD System


Before using the OD for network O&M, you must configure basic parameters and
the OD monitoring mode.

5.2.1 Setting Basic Parameters

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5.2.1.1 Synchronizing the NE Time with the NCE Time


To compare the performance data of trails properly, you need to synchronize the
NE time with the NCE time.

Prerequisites
You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.

Procedure
Step 1 On NCE, open the Network Management app, and choose Configuration >
Common > NE Time Sync from the main menu. The NE Time Synchronization
page is displayed.
Step 2 In the Physical Root navigation tree, select the subnet to be synchronized and

click . The NE Time Synchronization progress bar is displayed.

Step 3 After the synchronization is complete, the Result dialog box that is displayed. Click
Close.
Step 4 Check the current NE time. If the NE time is inconsistent with the NCE time, select
the NE and click Synchronize with NM Time.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

You can select multiple NEs at a time to synchronize the time of these NEs with the NCE
time in batches.

Step 5 In the Confirm dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

After the synchronization is complete, the Result dialog box that is displayed.

----End

5.2.1.2 Synchronizing Data on NCE


After the WDM commissioning component is installed or re-deployed, you must
synchronize data on the entire network. After NE data is uploaded, NE data is
synchronized with the NCE data, or NCE data is initialized, you must synchronize
the NCE data on the entire network or the corresponding subnets before the
commissioning.

Prerequisites
You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.

Background Information
If operations such as the adding, deletion, or modification on subnets, sites, NEs,
boards, and fibers are performed during data synchronization, data
synchronization will fail.

NOTE

When backing up the subnet performance data, do not synchronize data from the NE side
to NCE. Otherwise, data synchronization will fail.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Parameter
Configuration from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app.

Step 2 Click the Synchronize Data on the NCE tab page.

Step 3 Choose the subnet to be synchronized from the Root navigation tree and click
Start. A confirmation dialog box is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

When synchronizing data for the first time after the NetStar O&M component is installed,
you must select Root to synchronize the network-wide data. In other scenarios, you can
select subnets as required to synchronize data.

Step 4 Click Yes. Data synchronization starts.


NOTE

● If a message indicating data sharing conflict is displayed during data synchronization,


the possible cause is that a user is deleting, uploading, or copying the NE data, or
checking NE data consistency on another set of NCE. In this case, wait until the
operations on another set of NCE is complete and then synchronize data again. Do not
perform other commissioning operations on the NEs during data synchronization.

● After the synchronization is completed, the refresh icon turns red. Click to refresh
the Root navigation tree.

----End

5.2.1.3 Setting Fiber Parameters


Before configuring the centralized monitoring function for the Optical Doctor
(OD), you need set an inter-site fiber type and fiber length. If the fiber type is not
configured or is incorrectly configured, the incident optical power will be
incorrectly calculated. If OD function is enabled but the fiber type is not
configured in scenarios where light sensor (LS) is used to detect single-wavelength
optical power, FIBERTYPE_NOT_CONFIG alarm will be reported. If the fiber length
is not configured, there is no impact because the fiber length will be automatically
calculated. If the fiber length is incorrectly configured, the OSNR calculation will
be incorrect. The design end of life (EOL)(dB) value of fiber loss must be set to
determine whether the fiber loss exceeds the design EOL value. If the EOL is
incorrectly configured, the SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL alarm will be reported,
indicating that the fiber loss exceeds the design EOL value. This section describes
how to set the fiber parameters in batches.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" authority or higher.
● The EOL value has been obtained from the network design document.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Configuration Principles
● If the IN port on the receive optical amplifier (OA) board is equipped with a
dispersion compensation module (DCM), calculate the EOL value for the fiber
between the local NE and upstream NE using the following formula: EOL =
Design fiber loss + Maximum insertion loss of the DCM. If an OLP board is
installed in front of the receive OA board, the EOL value for the fiber between
the local NE and upstream NE is equal to the fiber loss between the upstream
OLP board and the local OLP board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

EOL value: historical reference value + 1.5 dB.


● Ensure that the inter-site fiber type and fiber type are the same as those in
the practical fiber configurations.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Resource > Inventory > Fiber/Cable/Microwave Links from the main
menu on the NCE Network Management app.
Step 2 In the Fiber/Cable/Microwave Link Management window, click Advanced
Search. Select No from the drop-down list next to Include internal fibers, and
click Search to filter inter-site fibers.

Step 3 Select one or multiple fibers/cables in the list and click to Modify.

NOTE

To modify a single fiber, click .

Step 4 In the Modify Fiber/Cable window, set Length (km), Designed Loss(EOL)(dB),
and Medium Type of the fibers/cables as required, and click Apply.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 5 Click Apply Parameters to NE in the Result dialog box.

Step 6 In the Please Select Setting Scope dialog box, select the desired parameters and
click OK.

----End

5.2.1.4 Setting Planning Parameters

Prerequisites
The file containing the planned data has been imported to NCE by Huawei
engineers in advance.

Configuration Guidelines
● Set System Wavelengths based on the maximum number of wavelengths
supported by the system. If System Wavelengths is not set, the optical power

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

target value cannot be calculated. If the parameter is incorrectly set, the


optical power adjustment will be incorrect.
You can set the value of System Wavelengths based on the frequency
allocation table in the marketing telecom design documents or based on the
actual product configurations. For example:
– If the WDM subnet is configured with the ITL and M40 or D40 boards,
the System Wavelengths value is 80wave.
– If the WDM subnet is configured with only the M40 or D40 board, the
System Wavelengths value is 40wave.
● You are advised to set Wavelength Spectral Width with reference to the
principles shown in 5.2.1.4 Setting Planning Parameters. If System
Wavelengths is changed, you need to check the setting of Wavelength
Spectral Width again. If the Wavelength Spectral Width configuration is
incorrect, the incident optical power adjustment will be affected.

Table 5-3 Suggestions for setting the wavelength spectrum width


Scenario System Recommended Wavelength
Wavelengths Spectrum Width

Only fixed 40, 48, or 60 100 GHz


wavelengths exist in
the system. 80, 96 or 120 50 GHz

Only FlexGrid 40, 48, 60, 80, 96, The minimum spectral width of
wavelengths exist in or 120 FlexGrid wavelengths.
the system.

Fixed wavelengths and 40, 48, 60, 80, 96, The minimum spectral width of all
FlexGrid wavelengths or 120 wavelengths.
exist in the system.

● If the TN97TD20 board is used to drop wavelengths, you need to set System
Wavelengths to 20wave for the OA at the input end of the TN97TD20 board.
NOTE

System Wavelengths can be set to 20wave for the OA at the input end of a
TN97TD20 board only when the configuration mode is WSS (for example,
DWSS20)+OA+TN97TD20, as shown in the following figure. For other wavelength-
dropping boards or in other configuration scenarios of TN97TD20 boards, set System
Wavelengths for the OA at the input end based on the maximum number of system
wavelengths.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

● The value of Launch Power queried on the Board Parameter tab is the
launch power set on NCE. If the value of Launch Power is displayed as /, the
NMS data may not be synchronized or this parameter is not set for the board
on NCE. In this scenario, you are advised to perform the following operations:
a. Synchronize NMS data.
b. If the value of Launch Power is still displayed as /, set Launch Power for
the board on the Board Parameter tab.
NOTE

To use the OD function, ensure that the Launch Power and System Wavelengths
parameters are set on the Board Parameter tab.
During launch power commissioning:
● In general, OA board parameters need to be set by subnet only on the Subnet
Parameter tab. In the following scenarios, however, you must set the System
Wavelengths, Rate, and Code Type on the Board Parameter tab for OA boards on the
NE of a subnet.
Scenario 1: Links in the same subnet have different System Wavelengths.
Scenario 2: NEs on different subnets are interconnected, and the OA board parameter
settings on the subnets are different. In this case, the parameters of the OA boards on
the interconnected NEs must be set to the same value.
● The Launch Power value set for the board will be preferentially used. If Launch Power
is not set for the board, ensure that other OA parameters including System
Wavelengths, Rate, Code Type, and Fiber Type are correct. If other parameters are
properly set, the system can automatically calculate the launch power based on the
settings of other OA parameters to ensure accurate launch power commissioning.
● During commissioning, the tool adjusts the rear EVOA of the OA board based on the
values of Wavelength Spectral Width and Launch Power.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Planned Data Setting
from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app.

Step 2 Set planning parameters.

For the parameter setting rules, see Table 5-4.

● When configuring span loss data, you can select data on the page and click
Update Actual Loss to query the values of Current Span Loss and Current
Fiber Loss.

Table 5-4 Parameter description

Parameter Value Description


Range

Span Designed 0 to 100 Designed loss of a span.


Loss
Target(dB
)

Fiber 0.5 to 85 Initial attenuation of a fiber.


Bol(dB)

Fiber 0 to 10 Attenuation margin of a fiber.


Margin(d
B)

● When configuring OA data, you can select data on the page and click
Querying Module Type to query the value of Board Type.
● When configuring OA data, you can select data on the page, click Use
Recommended Launch Power to change the value of Launch Power to the
value of Recommended Launch Power.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

● When configuring OA data, you can select multiple data on the page and
modify the values of System Wavelengths, Wavelength Spectral Width,
Rate, and Code Type in batches.

Table 5-5 Parameter description

Parameter Value Description


Range

OA Board Planned - Planned gain of an OA board.


Gain(dB) The value range of this parameter is
determined by the gain range of an OA
board. The gain range varies depending
on the OA board type.

System 20 to 120 Number of system wavelengths of an OA


Waveleng board.
ths

Launch –10 to +10 Incident optical power of an OA board.


Power(dB
m)

NOTE

Set Wavelength Spectral Width according to the planned spectrum width, rate, and code
pattern.
● In scenarios involving high incident optical power, Launch Power must be manually set.
– The value of Launch Power is a floating-point number ranging from –10.0 to 10.0.
– If the incident optical power is set on NCE, the incident optical power of the
related OA board will be automatically displayed after NMS-side data is
synchronized.
● In scenarios involving standard incident optical power, you can use the tool to
automatically calculate the value of Launch Power. Click Use Recommended Launch
Power. The value of Launch Power of the board is set to the value of Recommended
Launch Power, which is the nominal single-wavelength incident optical power.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 3 Click Apply.

----End

5.2.1.5 Calibrating ASE


Amplified spontaneous emission (ASE) must be calibrated for the RAU1/RAU2/
SRAU/SRAPXF board to ensure that the line loss Compensation optimization
function is available and can accurately adjust amplifier gains on a long span. If
the ASE is not calibrated, the Raman laser on the RAU/SRAU/SRAPXF board will
not properly work and the commissioning will fail.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" authority or higher.
● Logical fiber connections between the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF and
TN14FIU/TN16FIU boards have been established.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Precautions

NOTICE

● The LINE port of the Raman board produces extremely high output optical
power. During operations, avoid exposure to laser radiation to prevent bodily
injuries, especially to the eyes. In addition, take measures to prevent the fiber
connector that connects to the LINE port from being burned out due to high
power. A burned out fiber connector may cause fire.
● Calibrating ASE causes service interruption. Therefore, it is recommended that
ASE be calibrated at the deployment stage.

ASE Calibration Conditions


Table 5-6, Table 5-7 and Table 5-8 describes the conditions for calibrating ASE
according to the upstream OA board type, fiber type, and line loss.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-6 ASE calibration conditions for RAU1/RAU2


Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La
OA Board
of the
RAU1/
RAU2
Board

- - ASE ASE ASE


Calibration Calibration Calibration
Not Required Required Required
(Independent (Related to
of the the
Wavelength Wavelength
Count) Count)b

OAU101 G.653, LEAF, L <= 35 35 < L <= 43 L > L0, L0 =


TWRS, TWC, 43
TWPLUS, SMFLS,
G.656,
TERA_LIGHT

G.652, G.654A L <= 33 33 < L <= 41 L > L0, L0 =


41

G.654B L <= 29 29 < L <= 37 L > L0, L0 =


37

OAU105 G.653, LEAF, L <= 38 38 < L <= 46 L > L0, L0 =


TWRS, TWC, 46
TWPLUS, SMFLS,
G.656,
TERA_LIGHT

G.652, G.654A L <= 36 36 < L <= 44 L > L0, L0 =


44

G.654B L <= 32 32 < L <= 40 L > L0, L0 =


40

HBA All types NOTICE 39 < L <= 47 L > L0, L0 =


When L < 39, 47
the
downstream
OA board
cannot
accurately
adjust the
amplifier
gains.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La


OA Board
of the
RAU1/
RAU2
Board

a: L represents the line loss. It includes the FIU board insertion loss and the VOA
attenuation on the line. It is the designed end of life (EOL) insertion loss.
b: The minimum number of wavelengths is N = 10c, where c = (L - L0)/10. When
the number of wavelengths is less than N, the downstream OA board cannot
accurately perform gain adjustments even though the ASE is calibrated.

Table 5-7 ASE calibration conditions for SRAU


Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La
OA Board
of the
SRAU
Board

- - ASE ASE ASE


Calibration Calibration Calibration
Not Required Required Required
(Independent (Related to
of the the
Wavelength Wavelength
Count) Count)b

OAU101 G.653, LEAF, L <= 34 34 < L <= 40 L > L0, L0 =


TWRS, TWC, TW+ 40

G.652, G.654A, L <= 35 35 < L <= 41 L > L0, L0 =


LS, G.656, 41
Tera_light

G.654B L <= 33 33< L <= 39 L > L0, L0 =


39

OAU105 G.653, LEAF, L <= 37 37 < L <= 42 L > L0, L0 =


TWRS, TWC, TW+ 43

G.652, G.654A, L <= 38 38 < L <= 44 L > L0, L0 =


LS, G.656, 44
Tera_light

G.654B L <= 36 36 < L <= 43 L > L0, L0 =


42

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La


OA Board
of the
SRAU
Board

HBA All types NOTICE 39 < L <= 47 L > L0, L0 =


When L < 40, 50
the
downstream
OA board
cannot
accurately
adjust the
amplifier
gains.

a: L represents the total line loss. It includes the FIU board insertion loss and the
VOA attenuation on the line. It is the designed end of life (EOL) insertion loss.
b: The minimum number of wavelengths is N = 10c, where c = (L - L0)/10. When
the number of wavelengths is less than N, the downstream OA board cannot
accurately perform gain adjustments even though the ASE is calibrated.

Table 5-8 ASE calibration conditions for SRAPXF


Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La
OA Board
of the
SRAPXF
Board

- - ASE ASE ASE


Calibration Calibration Calibration
Not Required Required Required
(Independent (Related to
of the the
Wavelength Wavelength
Count) Count)b

OAU101/ G.653, LEAF, L <= 34 34 < L <= 40 L > L0, L0 =


OAUCE10 TWRS, TWC, TW+ 40
1
G.652, G.654A, L <= 35 35 < L <= 41 L > L0, L0 =
LS, G.656, 41
Tera_light

G.654B L <= 33 33< L <= 39 L > L0, L0 =


39

OAU105/ G.653, LEAF, L <= 37 37 < L <= 42 L > L0, L0 =


OAUCE10 TWRS, TWC, TW+ 43
5

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Upstream Fiber Type Line Loss La


OA Board
of the
SRAPXF
Board

G.652, G.654A, L <= 38 38 < L <= 44 L > L0, L0 =


LS, G.656, 44
Tera_light

G.654B L <= 36 36 < L <= 43 L > L0, L0 =


42

HBA All types NOTICE 39 < L <= 47 L > L0, L0 =


When L < 40, 50
the
downstream
OA board
cannot
accurately
adjust the
amplifier
gains.

a: L represents the total line loss. It includes the FIU board insertion loss and the
VOA attenuation on the line. It is the designed end of life (EOL) insertion loss.
b: The minimum number of wavelengths is N = 10c, where c = (L - L0)/10. When
the number of wavelengths is less than N, the downstream OA board cannot
accurately perform gain adjustments even though the ASE is calibrated.

Configuration Process
Figure 5-2 shows the ASE calibration flow.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Figure 5-2 ASE calibration flow

Procedure
Step 1 Disable the IPA function.
1. Start the NE Explorer of the associated NE. In the navigation tree, select the
NE and choose Configuration > IPA Management.

Figure 5-3 NE Explorer

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Figure 5-4 IPA Management

2. Select the associated IPA pair and set IPA Status to Disabled.

3. Click Apply. In the Warning dialog box, click Yes. Then in the Result dialog
box, click Close.

Step 2 Turn off the transmit laser on the upstream OA board.


1. Start the NE Explorer of the associated NE. In the navigation tree, select the
upstream OA board and choose Configuration > WDM Interface.
2. Click the By Function option button and select Laser Status from the drop-
down list under the option button. Set Laser Status to Off for the required
port on the OA board.
3. Click Apply. In the dialog box that is displayed, click OK.

Step 3 Set Working Mode to Gain locking for the LINE port on the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/
SRAPXF board.
1. Start the NE Explorer of the associated NE. In the navigation tree, select the
RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board and choose Configuration > WDM
Interface. Click the By Function option button and select Working Mode in
the drop-down list under the option button. Then set Working Mode to Gain
locking for the LINE port on the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

2. Click Apply. In the dialog box that is displayed, click OK.

Step 4 Turn on the LINE port laser on the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.


1. Start the NE Explorer of the associated NE. In the navigation tree, select the
RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board and choose Configuration > WDM
Interface.
2. Click the By Function option button and select Laser Status from the drop-
down list under the option button. Set Laser Status to On for the LINE port.

3. Click Apply. In the dialog box that is displayed, click OK.

Step 5 Specify the fiber type used by the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board. Ensure that
the specified fiber type is the same as the actual fiber type.
1. In the NE Explorer, select the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board and choose
Configuration > WDM Interface. Click the By Function option button and
select Fiber Type from the drop-down list under the option button. Then set
Fiber Type based on the actual fiber type.

2. Click Apply. In the dialog box that is displayed, click OK.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 6 Calibrate the ASE value of the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.


1. In the NE Explorer, select ASE Calibration from the drop-down list under the
By Function option button. Then click the LINE port on the RAU1/RAU2/
SRAU/SRAPXF board.

2. Click Calibrate. Three dialog boxes are sequentially displayed. The first dialog
box indicates that ASE calibration will cause service interruption. The second
dialog box asks you to confirm that all required operations have been
completed. The third dialog box is used to confirm the operation. In these
dialog boxes, click OK.
3. In the Operation Result dialog box, confirm that the ASE calibration is
successful and click OK to complete calibrating the ASE value of the RAU1/
RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.

Step 7 Once the ASE calibration is completed, turn off the LINE port laser on the RAU1/
RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board. For the detailed procedure, see Step 4, but set Laser
Status to Off.
Step 8 Turn on the transmit laser on the upstream OA board. For the detailed procedure,
see Step 2, but set Laser Status to On.
Step 9 Enable the IPA function. For the detailed procedure, see Step 1, but set IPA Status
to Enabled.

----End

Result
If the Operation Result dialog box displayed in Step 6 shows that ASE calibration
failed, handle the failure according to the possible causes given in Table 5-9.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-9 Possible causes for an ASE calibration failure

Possible Cause Solution

The logical fiber connections between Ensure that the logical fiber
the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF and connections agree with the physical
TN14FIU/TN16FIU boards do not fiber connections.
agree with the physical fiber
connections.

The transmit laser on the upstream Go to Step 2 to turn off the transmit
OA board is not turned off before the laser on the upstream OA board.
ASE is calibrated.

Working Mode is not set to Gain Go to Step 3 to correct the setting.


locking for the LINE port on the
RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board.

The LINE port laser on the RAU1/ Go to Step 4 to correct the setting.
RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board is not
turned on.

The fiber type specified for the RAU1/ Go to Step 5 to correct the setting.
RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board does not
agree with the physical fiber type.

The inter-NE fiber has poor quality or Clean the fiber endface or replace the
the fiber endface has been fiber to clear the OA_LOW_GAIN
contaminated. If this is the case, an alarm.
OA_LOW_GAIN alarm should be
reported for the LINE port when the
port works in gain locking mode.

Follow-up Procedure
● Repeat Step 5 to check whether the fiber type specified for the RAU1/RAU2/
SRAU/SRAPXF board agrees with the physical fiber type. Note that ASE
calibration can be successful but the main channel monitoring function
cannot accurately adjust the gain when specified fiber type disagrees with the
logical fiber type. If the specified fiber type disagrees with the physical fiber
type, correct the setting and calibrate the ASE again.
● If the RAU1/RAU2/SRAU/SRAPXF board is replaced or the LINE port fiber type
is changed after a successful ASE calibration, an ASE_NOT_CALIBRATE will be
reported. In this situation, calibrate the ASE again.

5.2.2 Setting the Status of OCh Trails


On NCE, an OCh trail can be in the Unset, Commission, or Maintenance state.
The OD only monitors the trails in the Maintenance state. For an OCh trail whose
deployment commissioning is successful, the OCh trail status is automatically set
to Maintenance Status when the advanced option Set the trail maintenance
state is selected. If the advanced option is not selected, the OCh trail needs to be
manually set to Maintenance Status. For the OCh trail whose expansion

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

commissioning is successful, the OCh trail status is automatically set to


Maintenance Status.

Background Information
When the status of an OCh trail is changed to Maintenance Status, the OD
immediately checks whether the trail belongs to the monitored subnet, and
automatically monitors the trail if the trail belongs to the monitored subnet.

Method 1: Setting the Status of OCh Trails in the Optical Doctor Window
1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from
the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor
window is displayed.

2. On the OD View or Alarm Info tab, right-click an OCh trail in Trail Info,
choose Set Optical Commission Status from the shortcut menu, and then
choose the desired trail state.

Method 2: Setting the State of OCh Trails on the Manage WDM Trail Page
1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail from the main menu and click Manage
WDM Trail on the NCE Network Management app.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

2. In the displayed Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, select OCh in the
Service Level.

3. Click Filter All, and all OCh trails on the live network are displayed.
4. Select and right-click a desired OCh trail. Choose Details from the shortcut
menu.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5. Set Optical Commission Status in the dialog box that is displayed.

5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters


The OD can monitor the main optical path and flatness of a network in real time
after OD monitoring parameters and alarm optimization monitoring are
configured. This section describes how to set basic OD monitoring parameters.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● Basic parameters, such as NE time synchronization and NMS-side data
synchronization, have been configured.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Background Information
● The optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) is calculated by the OD system based
on the OA theories and the receive-end and transmit-end optical power
reported by the MCA or LS OA boards in the optical transmission system. This
OSNR calculation method can replace the OSNR measurement method using
a meter and does not affect services on the live network. In addition, the
OSNR obtained using this calculation method is precise and is independent of
the signal rate, modulation format, and channel spacing. It can reflect the
optical quality of the signals and provides references for checking the system
communications quality.
● On all subnets of the entire network, only one configuration policy is
supported.

Configuring the Data Backup Policies


1. In the Optical Doctor window, click Manage Backup.

2. On the Manage Backup Configuration dialogue box, select a subnet and


configure its backup policies.For details about the parameter setting rules, see
Table 5-10.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-10 Parameter Description


Domain Value Description

OCh Max. 10-1000 In the Trail Performance Analysis


Trail Saved Default: 100 window, users can select one or more
Backu Backu OCh trails for manual data backup at a
p p time.
Record Max. Saved Backup Records indicates
s the maximum number of times that data
can be manually backed up for every OCh
trail. When the number of manual
backups exceeds the value specified by
Max. Saved Backup Records, the latest
backup data will overwrite the earliest
backup data.

Backu Enable Checked, When this check box is selected, the OD


p of Sched Unchecked will periodically back up the performance
Select uled Default: data of OCh trails on the selected subnet.
ed Backu Checked
Subne p
ts
Backu 1-365 Indicates the interval for automatic data
p Default: 14 backup.
Interv
al
(days)

Start - Indicates the start time for automatic


Time data backup.

Max. 10-100 Indicates the maximum number of times


Saved Default: 100 that data can be backed up and saved in
Sched the storage space. When the number of
uled backups exceeds the value specified by
Backu Number of Retaining Backups, the
p latest backup data will overwrite the
Record earliest backup data.
s

DST Checked, During the DST, if you select DST, the


Unchecked specified time uses the DST standard.
NOTE
At other time except DST, the option DST is
unavailable.

3. Click Save.
4. Optional: Select Enable Scheduled Automatic Backup and click Save to
back up the data of monitored networks.
NOTE

For a large-scale subnet, the subnet data backup may time out. If the backup fails, contact
Huawei engineers.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5.2.4 Enabling OD Monitoring


You can enable OD monitoring in either of the following ways:

● By Subnet
By subnet, you can apply configurations to all nodes in a subnet. This method
is easy to use and efficient and applies to new networks.
● By Trail
You can select an OMS for OD monitoring. The configuration applies only to
this OMS and applies to the capacity expansion of existing networks.

5.2.4.1 Method 1: By Subnet


After network monitoring parameters are set in a centralized manner, the OD can
monitor the main optical path and flatness of the network in real time, reports
abnormal information, detects network changes, and delivers configuration
parameters to a new network node in a timely manner.

Prerequisites
● Set Subnet Monitoring Configuration to Show.
NOTE

If you want to hide the subnet monitoring configuration function, you can set Subnet
Monitoring Configuration to Hide.
Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Parameter Configuration
from the main menu. On the Monitoring Parameter tab page, set Subnet
Monitoring Configuration to Show or Hide.
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● The deployment or expansion commissioning has been completed and the
network is in the maintenance state.
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state. For details about
how to set the status of an OCh trail, see 5.2.2 Setting the Status of OCh
Trails.
● Before enabling OD monitoring, you must set basic OD monitoring
parameters. For details, see 5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters.
● If the network is newly deployed, you must configure monitoring
parameters with reference to this chapter. For an existing network, you are
advised to configure OD monitoring with reference to 5.2.4.2 Method 2: By
Trail.
● Trail performance analysis can be performed only 10 minutes after an OD
route is configured in the Network Parameter Settings window or the
network monitoring status is changed.
● If the automatic level control (ALC) function is configured on a network
containing OptiX OSN 98009600/8800/6800/3800/OptiXtrans E9600
equipment, the main optical path monitoring function of the OD cannot be
started, and an OMS_LOSS_MON_FAIL or OMS-LOSS-MON-FAIL alarm will be
reported (only on the working trail when protection is configured). The OD-
provided power maintenance function is more advanced and delivers better
usability than the ALC function. Before enabling the OD function, you must

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

delete the ALC function from a subnet. For details about the method of
deleting the ALC function, see 8.4 Deleting an ALC Link.
NOTE

To use the ALC function on a network where the monitoring or commissioning function of
the main optical path on the OD is enabled, you must disable the monitoring or
commissioning function first.
● During the flatness adjustment on a network containing OptiX OSN
98009600/8800/6800/3800/OptiXtrans E9600 equipment, the OD will disable
the automatic power equilibrium (APE) function. The flatness adjustment
results provided by the OD may be inconsistent with the results of flatness
adjustment using the APE function. The OD-provided power maintenance
function is more advanced and delivers better usability than the APE function.
Before enabling the OD function, you are advised to delete the APE function
from a subnet. For details about the method of deleting the APE function, see
8.5 Deleting an APE Pair.

Background Information
● The optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) is calculated by the OD system based
on the OA theories and the receive-end and transmit-end optical power
reported by the MCA or LS OA boards in the optical transmission system. This
OSNR calculation method can replace the OSNR measurement method using
a meter and does not affect services on the live network. In addition, the
OSNR obtained using this calculation method is precise and is independent of
the signal rate, modulation format, and channel spacing. It can reflect the
optical quality of the signals and provides references for checking the system
communications quality.
● When a network is managed by multiple NCE servers, the OD function can be
enabled on at most one NCE; otherwise, abnormalities may occur. For
example, the reported alarms will be inconsistent, or an optimization
commissioning conflict will occur.
● On all subnets of the entire network, only one configuration policy is
supported.
● Assume that subnet A is composed of subnet A1 and A2. If both subnet A1
and A2 are on an OMS, for ensuring the integrity of the saved historical data
and generated report, and entirely monitoring of the OMS, you need to select
subnet A when setting the OD monitoring configuration. That is, subnet A1
and A2 must be concurrently selected.
● Because the OD periodically and automatically monitors network changes,
when the network topology changes, you can manually click Apply to apply
the configured parameters.

Setting Monitoring Parameters


1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from
the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor
window is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

2. Click Operate > Subnet Monitoring Configuration to select the desired


subnet, set related monitoring parameters based on the network plan. For the
parameter setting rules, refer to the following table.

NOTE

● Subnet A containing A1, A2, and A3 is used as an example. Subnet A is


automatically monitored only when A1, A2, and A3 are selected.
● If subnet A contains NEs B1 and B2 in addition to subnet A1, A2, and A3, you are
advised to create subnet A4, classify NEs B1 and B2 into subnet A4, and then select
the desired subnet for monitoring. If subnet A4 is not created, NEs B1 and B2 will
be automatically monitored and the monitoring cannot be canceled after subnets
A1, A2, and A3 are selected for monitoring.
● If subnet A has a new subnet A4, A4 is monitored only when subnet A is
monitored. The monitoring policy of A4 is the same as that of subnet A.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-11 Parameter Description


Field Value Description
Range

Automatically ● Enabl If NE changes occur, such as adding or NEs,


Update e the OD will automatically deliver the
Monitoring ● Disabl configured monitoring policy to new
Configurations e network nodes at the preset interval. Users
do not need to manually set monitoring
Default parameters.
value:
Enable Other parameters in the dialog box can be
set only after the Automatically Update
Monitoring Configurations check box is
selected.
NOTE
When NE changes occur and monitoring
configurations need to be updated immediately,
click Apply.

Trail OD ● Enabl This check box must be selected.


Param Route e When this check box is selected, the OD will
eters Configur ● Disabl enable one-click configuration for OSNR
ation e detection for all OMSs that are not
Default configured with OSNR detection and both
value: the source and sink are on the monitored
Enable subnet.
The following functions are available only
after OD Route Configuration is selected:
● Viewing the OSNR of an OMS
● Enabling OSNR equilibrium
commissioning
● Viewing single-wavelength optical power
of the OA board not equipped with MCA/
OPM8 during expansion commissioning
or optimization commissioning
NOTE
OSNR detection can be enabled for all trails in
each OMS one by one. For details about the
method, see 5.2.4.2.1 Configuring an OD Route
for a Trail.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Field Value Description


Range

Enable ● Enabl You are advised to select the check box.


OSNR e After this check box is selected, OSNR
● Disabl detection and output are enabled, and
e OSNR Status is set to Enable for all OCh
Default trails on the monitored subnet. In this
value: scenario, each unidirectional OCh trail will
Enable consume an OD wavelength monitoring and
management license.
The OSNR of the trail whose OSNR Status
is Enable can be viewed only after the
Enable OSNR check box is selected
NOTE
OSNR detection can be enabled for all trails one
by one. For details about the method, see
5.2.4.2.2 Configuring OSNR Detection for a
Trail.

Enable ● Enabl This check box must be selected for optical


OD e power optimization. If Enable OD
Optimiz ● Disabl Optimization is selected, Enable OSNR
ation e must also be selected.
Default After this check box is selected, OD
value: optimization is enabled for all OCh trails on
Enable the monitored subnet, and each
unidirectional OCh trail will consume an OD
wavelength optimization license.
After Enable OD Optimization is selected,
the OD can perform optimization
commissioning for the trail whose OD
Optimization Status is Enabled.
NOTE
You can also configure the OD optimization
function for all trails one by one. For details
about the method, see Optical Power
Optimization User Guide.

Auto Detectio 1–24 Indicates the interval for applying the


matic n Default configured monitoring policies to new
Netwo Interval value: 3 services.
rk (hours)
Chane
Monit
oring

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Field Value Description


Range

Monit Enable ● Enabl When Enable Main Optical Path


oring Main e Monitoring is selected, the OD will monitor
Settin Optical ● Disabl the transmit-end OA optical power and fiber
g Path e loss compensation (determine whether it
Monitori exceeds the EOL value) on each OMS whose
ng Default source and sink are on the monitoring
value: subnet.
Enable
NOTE
The design fiber loss EOL value must be set to
determine whether the fiber loss exceeds the
design EOL value. For the configuration method,
see 5.2.1.3 Setting Fiber Parameters.

Enable ● Enabl When Enable Optical Power Flatness


Optical e Monitoring is selected, the OD will monitor
Power ● Disabl the optical power flatness of each OMS
Flatness e whose source and sink are on the
Monitori monitoring subnet.
ng Default
value:
Enable

Other OA ● Enabl Set OA Extended Gain to Enable. Then, the


s Extende e gains of the following boards can be
d Gain ● Disabl adjusted:
e ● OBU103 integrated in TNF1BAS
Default ● TNF2OBU
value:
Disable

Hybrid 0–5 When 10G and 200G services are


Transmi Default transmitted on a non-coherent network, set
ssion value: 0 the nominal optical power that can be
Power reduced for 10G services without affecting
Differen the transmission of 10G services.
ce (dB)

NOTE

The OD can automatically detect whether the input optical power of the OTU boards
at the sink ends of network-wide OCh trails is abnormal.

5.2.4.2 Method 2: By Trail

5.2.4.2.1 Configuring an OD Route for a Trail


In addition to centralized configuration, individual configuration can be used to
configure an OD route for each trail to achieve E2E OSNR detection. If no OD

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

route is configured, no OSNR value can be displayed and no OSNR equalization


can be performed.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" rights or higher.
● The logical fiber connection and optical cross-connection must be properly
configured.
● The inter-NE OSC communication in the OMS must be normal.
● Only the OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800 TN12OPM8, TN15OPM8, TN97OPM8,
TN11MCA402, and TN11MCA802, and OSN 1800 TNF1OPM8 or LS OA boards
support OSNR detection.
● Only TN15OPM8 and TN97OPM8 supports OSNR detection in the FlexGrid
system.
● The TNG2OPM8/TNG3OPM8 board support OSNR detection for 10 Gbit/s, 40
Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s, and 400 Gbit/s signals and support OSNR
detection for wavelengths at a fixed channel spacing, flexible grid
wavelengths, and super C band.
● If MCA or OPM8 boards are used to detect OSNR, MCA or OPM8 boards must
be configured for the first and last OA boards in an OMS. If the OMS contains
only one OA board, an MCA or OPM8 board must be configured for the OA
board; otherwise, OSNR cannot be detected for the OMS.
● If LS OA boards are used to detect OSNR, LS OTU boards must be configured,
and LS OA boards must be configured for the first and last OA boards in an
OMS. If the OMS contains only one OA board, an LS OA board must be
configured for the OA board; otherwise, OSNR cannot be detected for the
OMS.

Precautions
● For Raman boards, the OD route configuration does not support the CRPC or
ROP board. However, it supports the RAU/ SRAU/SRAPXF board in gain
locking mode.
● All the OMSs on a complete OCh trail must be configured with OD route
configuration function; otherwise, OSNR detection is not supported.
● When a fiber cut occurs on the downstream links, the OPM8 or LS OA or MCA
board at the receive end of an OMS cannot detect the optical power. In
addition, the OPM8/MCA4/MCA8 or LS OA board at the transmit end cannot
calculate and display OSNR values of all detected wavelengths.
● If the OPM8 or LS OA or MCA board at an ROADM or OTM site is faulty, the
OSNR of wavelengths that traverse this site cannot be detected at the local
site or any of the downstream sites.
● The TNF1OPM8 board does not support the detection of 200G ePDM-
e16QAM (SDFEC2) signals of LDCA boards.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Procedure
Step 1 Specify the type and length for fibers between sites. For details, see 5.2.1.3
Setting Fiber Parameters.

Step 2 Filtering the OMS trail.


1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main
menu on the NCE Network Management app.

2. In the displayed Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, select OMS in the
Service Level.
3. Click Filter All, and all OMS trails on the live network are displayed.

Step 3 Configure the OD route configuration function for an OMS.


1. Click Maintenance, and choose OD Route Configuration.

2. The scanning progress window is displayed. After the scanning completes, the
Result dialog box is displayed, click Close.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

3. Optional: Click Query All. The status of all OMSs is refreshed.


4. In the OD Route Configuration window, select an OMS to be created. Click
New.

5. In the displayed Result dialog box, click Close.


6. Check whether Status of a set OMS is Created.

NOTE

When the network topology changes or the boards/fiber connections change, the OD route
configuration function of the OMSs must be reconfigured.
● Click Query All. The status of all OMSs is refreshed.
● In the OD Route Configuration window, select the OMSs affected by the network
topology changes or the boards/fiber connections change. Click New.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the OD route configuration function is configured on the OPM8/MCA4/
MCA8 or LS OA board, you can use the following methods to locate the causes of
an abnormal OSNR.

● In the query of the optical spectrum analysis data, only the optical power can
be obtained. For the OSNR, --- is displayed and OSNR calculation is abnormal.
The possible causes are as follows:
– The OMS is configured incorrectly or offline boards exist in this section.
Check the function configurations of this OMS on the NMS and the
actual networking configurations.
– The scanned spectrums at the transmit and receive ends of the OPM8/
MCA4/MCA8 or LS OA board are inconsistent. Check the scanned
wavelength in the OMS.
– The inter-NE communication is abnormal. Check whether you can log in
to NEs and whether NEs are reachable.
– The upstream OMS is abnormal. Check the optical spectrum information
of the OPM8/MCA4/MCA8 or LS OA board in the upstream OMS along
the signal flow direction. If the same fault exists, use the same methods
to locate the causes.
– If the fiber type of the OMS is modified, the OSNR detection of the OMS
must be reconfigured refer to Step 3.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

● In the query of wavelength information of a specific wavelength in the optical


spectrum analysis data, no information is reported. The possible causes are as
follows:
– The physical fiber connection of the OPM8/MCA4/MCA8 or LS OA board
is incorrect. Check the physical fiber connection.
– The optical path on the link is abnormal. Check whether the optical path
is set up, for example, whether the optical cross-connection is created,
whether the physical fiber connection is correct, and whether the OA
laser is enabled.

5.2.4.2.2 Configuring OSNR Detection for a Trail


In addition to centralized configuration, individual configuration can be used to
enable OSNR detection for each trail to achieve OCh trail OSNR detection. If the
OSNR detection function is not enabled for an OCh trail, the OSNR value of the
OCh trail cannot be displayed.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● The logical fiber connection and optical cross-connection must be properly
configured.
● Only the OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800 TN12OPM8, TN15OPM8, TN97OPM8,
TN11MCA402, and TN11MCA802, and OSN 1800 TNF1OPM8 or LS OA boards
support OSNR detection.
● Only TN15OPM8 and TN97OPM8 supports OSNR detection in the FlexGrid
system.
● The TNG2OPM8/TNG3OPM8 board support OSNR detection for 10 Gbit/s, 40
Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s, and 400 Gbit/s signals and support OSNR
detection for wavelengths at a fixed channel spacing, flexible grid
wavelengths, and super C band.

Precautions
The TNF1OPM8 board does not support the detection of 200G ePDM-e16QAM
(SDFEC2) signals of LDCA boards.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Procedure
Step 1 Optional: If you need to query single-wavelength optical power and OSNR by
station, the optical performance monitoring for the TN11MCA402, and
TN11MCA802 boards should be enabled. The optical performance monitoring for
other boards need not be enabled.
1. Search for the NE where the TN11MCA402 or TN11MCA802 boards reside
and double-click the NE to open the NE Panel.
2. In NE Panel, select and right-click the board. Choose WDM Configuration
from the shortcut menu to start the NE Explorer.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

3. In the NE Explorer, select a board to be set and choose Configuration >


WDM Interface.
4. Click the Basic Attributes tab. Set Optical Performance Monitoring to
Enable.

5. Click Apply.

NOTE

When the optical performance monitoring for the TN11MCA402, or TN11MCA802 board is
enabled, each MCA port automatically consumes an OSNR port license. When the optical
performance monitoring for the TN11MCA402, or TN11MCA802 board is disabled, the used
licenses are released.

Step 2 Enable OSNR detection function for each trail.


1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main
menu on the NCE Network Management app.

2. In the Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, select the desired OCh trail.
The trail is displayed in the trail list.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

– If you need to filter all the trails, click Filter All.


– If you need to add to the list more trails that match the requirement, click
Incremental Filter.
– To search the existing trails using new filter criteria, click Secondary Filter.
3. Select and right-click one or more OCh trails, and choose WDM Optical
Management > Enable OSNR from the shortcut menu. OSNR Status of the
selected trail(s) becomes Enabled.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

When the OSNR detection function is enabled for trails, each unidirectional trail
automatically consumes an OD management system license. When the OSNR detection
function is disabled for trails, the used licenses are released.

----End

5.2.4.2.3 Enabling OD Monitoring by Trail


In addition to OD monitoring configuration by subnet, you can also enable OD
monitoring by trail. After you enable OD monitoring for an OMS trail, the OD can
monitor the main optical path and flatness of the OMS trail in real time and
report abnormal information.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● The deployment or expansion commissioning has been completed and the
network is in the maintenance state.
● OD only monitors the OCh trails in the Maintenance state. For details about
how to set the status of an OCh trail, see 5.2.2 Setting the Status of OCh
Trails.
● Before enabling OD monitoring, you must set basic OD monitoring
parameters. For details, see 5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters.
● For an existing network, you are advised to configure monitoring
parameters by referring to this chapter. The network is an existing network. If
the network is newly deployed, you must enable OD monitoring by referring
to 5.2.4.1 Method 1: By Subnet.
● Trail performance analysis can be performed only 10 minutes after an OD
route is configured in the Network Parameter Settings window or the
network monitoring status is changed.
● If the automatic level control (ALC) function is configured on a network
containing OptiX OSN 98009600/8800/6800/3800/OptiXtrans E9600
equipment, the main optical path monitoring function of the OD cannot be
started, and an OMS_LOSS_MON_FAIL or OMS-LOSS-MON-FAIL alarm will be
reported (only on the working trail when protection is configured). The OD-
provided power maintenance function is more advanced and delivers better
usability than the ALC function. Before enabling the OD function, you must
delete the ALC function from a subnet. For details about the method of
deleting the ALC function, see 8.4 Deleting an ALC Link.
NOTE

To use the ALC function on a network where the monitoring or commissioning function of
the main optical path on the OD is enabled, you must disable the monitoring or
commissioning function first.
● During the flatness adjustment on a network containing OptiX OSN
98009600/8800/6800/3800/OptiXtrans E9600 equipment, the OD will disable
the automatic power equilibrium (APE) function. The flatness adjustment
results provided by the OD may be inconsistent with the results of flatness
adjustment using the APE function. The OD-provided power maintenance
function is more advanced and delivers better usability than the APE function.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Before enabling the OD function, you are advised to delete the APE function
from a subnet. For details about the method of deleting the APE function, see
8.5 Deleting an APE Pair.
● In the local dimension, monitoring is enabled when adding wavelengths and
disabled when dropping wavelengths.

Procedure
Step 1 Filter OMS trails.
1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main
menu.

2. In the Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, set Service Level to OMS.
3. Click Filter All. All OMS trails on the live network are displayed.

Step 2 Enable OD monitoring for OMS trails.


1. Choose the desired OMS and right-click to choose WDM Optical
Management > WDM Trail Performance Commissioning.

2. View trails in the WDM Trail Performance Commissioning window.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

3. Click OMS Configuration. In the displayed OMS Configuration dialog box,


set OMS parameters. For details about the parameters, see Table 5-12.

Table 5-12 Parameter description


Parame Value Description
ter

Transmit – Enable When Transmit-End OA Power Monitoring


-End OA – Disable is enabled, the OD monitors the transmit-end
Power OA optical power of the selected OMS.
Monitori
ng Threshold Indicates the threshold for the difference
between the current output optical power of
the transmit-end OA board in an OMS and
the target value. An OA_OUT_PWR_ABN \
OA-OUT-PWR-ABN alarm is reported when
the difference exceeds the threshold.
For example, if the threshold is 1.5 dB, an
OA_OUT_PWR_ABN \ OA-OUT-PWR-ABN
alarm will be reported if the difference
between the current output optical power of
the transmit-end OA board and the target
value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dB.
NOTE
The OA_OUT_PWR_ABN alarm disappears during
the next scanning performed by the MCA board
when the following condition is met:
Current output optical power of the OA – Target
value < Optical power threshold of the transmit-
end OA

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parame Value Description


ter

Line – Enable When Line Attenuation Compensation


Attenua – Disable Monitoring is enabled, the OD monitors
tion whether the line attenuation compensation
Compen of the selected OMS exceeds the EOL value.
sation NOTE
Monitori The design fiber loss EOL value must be set to
ng determine whether the fiber loss exceeds the
design EOL value. For the configuration method,
see 5.2.1.3 Setting Fiber Parameters.

Threshold Indicates the threshold for the difference


between the loss of optical transmission
section (OTS) and OA gain.
– A SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-
UPPER-GAIN alarm is reported when the
OTS loss is greater than the OA gain and
the difference between the OTS loss and
OA gain exceeds the threshold.
– A SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-
LOWER-GAIN alarm is reported when the
OTS loss is lower than the OA gain and
the difference between the OTS loss and
OA gain exceeds the threshold.
– An OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN \ OMS-LOSS-
ACCUM-ABN alarm is reported when the
accumulated difference between the OTS
loss and OA gain exceeds the threshold.
NOTE
OTS loss = Output optical power of the upstream
OA board – Input optical power of the downstream
OA board. An OTS loss can be caused by many
factors such as the fiber loss, EVOA attenuation,
and insertion loss of fiber connectors or boards.
NOTE
For the SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-
UPPER-GAIN or SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN \ SPAN-
LOSS-LOWER-GAIN alarm:
– In the Alarm Info window, the alarm is cleared
if the offset between the span loss and the gain
compensation value is within half of the alarm
threshold. For example, if the alarm threshold
is 2, the alarm is cleared when the offset
between the span loss and gain compensation
value is -1 to 1.
– In the Trail Performance Analysis window, the
alarm is cleared if the offset between the span
loss and the gain compensation value is within
the alarm threshold.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parame Value Description


ter

Optical – Enable When Optical Power Flatness Monitoring is


Power – Disable enabled, the OD monitors the optical power
Flatness flatness of the selected OMS.
Monitori
ng Threshold When multiple wavelengths are present in an
OMS, the difference between the optical
power of each OCh wavelength and the
average optical power cannot exceed the
optical power flatness threshold.
The configuration is effective only when
Enable Optical Power Flatness Monitoring
is selected.
NOTE
The PWR_UNBALANCED alarm disappears during
the next scanning performed by the MCA board
when the following condition is met: Optical power
of the monitoring wavelength – Average optical
power of the monitored wavelength < Optical
power flatness threshold
NOTE
For equipment versions earlier than
V100R019C10SPC500, the threshold ranges from 1
dB to 3 dB.

OSNR – Enable When OSNR Loss Flatness Monitoring is


Loss – Disable enabled, the OD monitors the OSNR loss
Flatness flatness of the selected OMS.
Monitori
ng Threshold Set Threshold (dB) to a value within the
value range.
NOTE
Only OSN 9800 M series and OSN 9800 P series of
V100R019C10SPC500 and later versions support
OSNR Loss flatness monitoring.

Fiber – Enable Whether to enable fiber attenuation


EOL – Disable monitoring. If the fiber attenuation exceeds
Monitori the designed value, the
ng SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL alarm is reported.

Automa – Enable This parameter is optional. For details, see


tic Main – Disable 5.2.5 Configuring Automatic Main Optical
Optical Path Adjustment and Automatic
Path Equalization by Trail.
Adjustm
ent

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parame Value Description


ter

Automa Enable, Disable This parameter is optional. For details, see


tic 5.2.5 Configuring Automatic Main Optical
Equaliza Path Adjustment and Automatic
tion Equalization by Trail.
NOTE
Auto Equalization is displayed only in OMS mode.

OA – Enable Set OA Extended Gain to Enable. Then, the


Extende – Disable gains of the following boards can be
d Gain adjusted:
– TNF1BAS1
– TNF2OBU
– TNG2DAP, TNG2DAPXF, and TNG3DAPXF
boards: supported only when the
TNG3OACE106 optical module is used

Hybrid 0–5 When 10G and 200G services are transmitted


Transmis on a non-coherent network, set the nominal
sion optical power that can be reduced for 10G
Power services without affecting the transmission of
Differen 10G services.
ce (dB)

Table 5-13 Parameter description


Parameter Value Description
Range

Span Designed 0 to 100 Designed loss of a span.


Loss
Target(d
B)

Fiber 0.5 to 85 Initial attenuation of a fiber.


Bol(dB)

Fiber 0 to 10 Attenuation margin of a fiber.


Margin(d
B)

Span –10 to Set the span loss offset of the


Loss +10 downstream OA board in a fiber. If the
Offset(dB value is a positive number, the optical
) power of the downstream OA board
will decrease accordingly after the
main optical path is optimized.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Value Description


Range

OA Planned - Planned gain of an OA board.


Board Gain(dB) The value range of this parameter is
determined by the gain range of an OA
board. The gain range varies depending
on the OA board type.

Launch –10 to Incident optical power of an OA board.


Power(d +10
Bm)

Upper - Incident optical power of an OA board.


Limit of
Automati
cally
Adjustabl
e
Gain(dB)

----End

Follow-up Procedure
To disable the monitoring of the main optical path or optical power flatness,
perform the following steps:

Step 1 In the WDM Trail Performance Commissioning dialog box, select the desired
trails.
Step 2 Click OMS Configuration and choose Disable from the Transmit-End OA Power
Monitoring drop-down menu, and click Apply.
Step 3 Click OMS Configuration and choose Disable from the Line Attenuation
Compensation Monitoring drop-down menu, and click Apply.
Step 4 Click OMS Configuration and choose Disable from the Optical Power Flatness
Monitor drop-down menu, and click Apply.

----End

5.2.5 Configuring Automatic Main Optical Path Adjustment


and Automatic Equalization by Trail
After automatic adjustment of the main optical path is enabled for an OMS, the
system can automatically optimize the main optical path of the OMS that
generates the OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN, SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN, or
SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN alarm.
You can configure automatic equalization by trail to enable automatic
equalization for each OMS so that the system can automatically optimize the
OMSs for which the OA_OUT_PWR_ABN, PWR_UNBALANCED, or
OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED alarm is reported.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● You have obtained an OD optimization license.
● You can enable automatic main optical path adjustment only after Enable
Main Optical Path Monitoring is selected for trails.
● Auto Equalization is displayed only in OMS mode.
● Automatic adjustment of the main optical path is not supported in the OMS
protection scenario.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Procedure
Step 1 Filter OMS trails.
1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main
menu.

2. In the Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, set Service Level to OMS.
3. Click Filter All. All OMS trails on the live network are displayed.
Step 2 Enable automatic adjustment of the main optical path for the OMS trail.
1. Choose the desired OMS section and right-click to choose WDM Optical
Management > WDM Trail Performance Commissioning.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

2. View trails in the WDM Trail Performance Commissioning window.

3. Select one or more trails to be configured and click OMS Configuration. In


the displayed OMS Configuration dialog box, set Automatic Main Optical
Path Adjustment and Automatic Equalization to Enable and click Apply.
In the displayed Risk Check dialog box, read risk notes and determine
whether to continue to enable automatic main optical path adjustment and
automatic equalization.

a. If an OMS is abnormal and you still want to enable automatic main


optical path adjustment and automatic equalization, select the I know
all the risks and choose to forcibly enable automatic equalization
check box, and click Continue.
b. If you want to enable automatic main optical path adjustment and
automatic equalization only for normal OMSs, select the Enable only
normal OMSs check box and click Continue.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

1. If automatic adjustment of the main optical path is enabled, adjustment may be


started immediately and the service may be affected when the main optical path
becomes abnormal.
2. When the input optical power of an OTU is close to the threshold, the input optical
power of the OTU board may exceed the threshold or even cause service
interruption due to automatic adjustment of the main optical path. You can view
details on the Abnormal OChs tab page.
3. When the pre-FEC BER is close to the threshold, the pre-FEC BER may exceed the
threshold or even cause service interruption due to automatic adjustment of the
main optical path. You can view details on the Abnormal OChs tab page.
4. Click OK in the Prompt dialog box.

----End

5.3 Using the OD System for Network O&M


Using the Optical Doctor (OD) system, you can visually query the alarm and
performance data on abnormal trails.

5.3.1 Querying Network Performance

5.3.1.1 Querying Network Performance in the OD View


The OD view displays network performance through network topology. In this
view, you can understand the network topology, the operating status of objects
managed by the OD system, and the possible exceptions in real time. With the
information, you can handle the exceptions in a timely manner.

Background Information
The OD view consists of a navigation tree on the left and a view on the right. The
navigation tree displays the hierarchical network structure. The view on the right
displays NE objects and fiber connections, making it easier to understand object
locations and network performance.

Entry of the Window


1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from
the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor
window is displayed.
2. Click the OD View tab. Double-click the subnet in the view on the right or
right-click the subnet and choose Enter from the shortcut menu to open the
subnet topology view.

Functions of the OD View


● Querying alarms
The colors of subnets, NEs, and fiber connections indicate the alarm severity.
If multiple alarms are generated in a subnet, NE, or fiber connection, the
color indicates the highest alarm severity. Users can obtain the alarm details

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

in the OD view. For details, see Querying Alarms in a Subnet, NE, or Fiber
Connection.
● Viewing to-be-optimized trails
You can switch from the OD view to the Online Optimization Management
window to query the to-be-optimized trials of the network, an NE, or a fiber
connection, obtain the reasons of the trail degradation, and optimize the trails
accordingly. For details, see Viewing To-Be-Optimized Trails.
● Querying the trails associated with objects
The OD view displays the activated OCh trails associated with an NE or fiber
connection. You can query the details about the OCh trails, set the state of
OCh trails, analyze the end-to-end power and OSNR performance of the OCh
trails. For details, see Querying the OCh Trails Associated with an NE or
Fiber Connection.
● Querying fiber loss
In the OD view, you can query the current fiber loss and import the historical
fiber loss data. Then you can compare the current value with the historical
value and the design value to find the possible exceptions. For details, see
Querying Fiber Loss.
● Exporting the preventive maintenance inspection report of the entire network
You can export a preventive maintenance inspection report from the OD view
for data comparison during future network maintenance. For details, see
5.3.4.1 Exporting the Networkwide Preventive Maintenance Report.
● Set the design fiber loss EOL value and fiber type.
On the OD view, you can set the design fiber loss EOL and fiber type for one
or more inter-site fiber connections. For details, see 8.1 Setting the Fiber
Type and Design Fiber Loss (EOL) (dB).
NOTE

If the icon is red, a change has occurred in the network topology. You must click the
icon to display the latest network status in the OD view.

Querying Alarms in a Subnet, NE, or Fiber Connection


Right-click a subnet, NE or fiber connections in abnormal state in the OD view and
choose Browse Current Alarms from the shortcut menu. Then the alarms
generated in the subnet, NE or fiber connection are displayed in Alarm Info.
For details about how to query and handle the alarms in Alarm Info, see 5.3.1.2
Querying Alarms by Fault List.

Viewing To-Be-Optimized Trails


You can query the to-be-optimized trails of an NE, a fiber connection, or the entire
network in the OD View.
● Querying the to-be-optimized trails of an NE or a fiber connection
Right-click an NE or fiber connection in abnormal state in the OD view and
choose View to-Be-Optimized Trail from the shortcut menu. The to-be-
optimized trails of the selected NE or fiber connection are displayed in the
Optical Power Optimization Management window.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

View Paths to be Optimized is not supported when there are SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL


and MUT_LOS alarms. Besides, optimization and commissioning cannot clear the above
alarms and you need to handle them manually.
● Querying the to-be-optimized trails of the entire network
If the Optical Power Optimization Management button is marked red, trails
to be optimized are present. Click Optical Power Optimization
Management. In the Optical Power Optimization Management window
that is displayed, you can view networkwide trails to be optimized, including
the trails to be optimized after an abnormality, trails being optimized, and
trails failing to be optimized.

Querying the OCh Trails Associated with an NE or Fiber Connection


1. In the OD view, select an NE or fiber connection. The activated OCh trails
associated with the NE or fiber connection are displayed in the Trail Info.

NOTE

When associated OCh trails of an NE or fiber connection change, right-click the NE or fiber
connection and choose Browse Relevant Trials from the shortcut menu to refresh the Trail
Info.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

With the trail information, you can analyze the performance of the associated trails. In
addition, you can switch to the WDM Trail Management window of NCE to query the trail
details.
Right-click a trail in the Trail Info and a shortcut menu is displayed:
● Choose WDM Trail Performance Analysis. The WDM Trail Performance Analysis
window is displayed. You can compare the current optical power and OSNR data of the
selected end-to-end trails with the historical data.
For details, see 5.3.2 Analyzing Current Trail Performance.
● Choose Optical Power Optimization. The Optical Power Optimization window is
displayed. You can optimize the optical power of the selected trails. For details, see
Optical Power Optimization User Guide.
● Choose WDM Trail Performance Commissioning. The WDM Trail Performance
Commissioning window is displayed. You can implement optical power commissioning
(Visualization) of the selected trails. For details, see Optical Power Commission User
Guide.
● Choose WDM Trail Details to switch to the WDM Trail Management window of NCE,
and query the trail details in the window.
● Choose Set WDM Trail Maintenance Status to manually change the status of an OCh
trail.
● Choose Query BER to query the BER, BER alarm threshold, and FEC type of a trail. The
symbol / is displayed when the query fails and - is displayed when the query is not
supported. If the queried BER is worse than the alarm threshold, the BER is marked in a
color corresponding to a critical alarm. If the message "The essential data of trails are
incomplete." are displayed during a BER query, the trail is an incomplete trail and does
not support a BER query.

Querying Fiber Loss


1. Click Operate and choose Query Fiber Loss.
The design loss and actual loss of all fiber connections are displayed in the
OD view. If the current attenuation of a fiber connection exceeds the design
attenuation, the fiber connection is marked in a color corresponding to a
major alarm.

NOTE

You can also select one or more fibers, right-click and choose Query Fiber Loss to
display the design loss and actual loss of the selected fiber connections. Because of
slight deviations in power detection, if the optical fiber is not long enough, the actual
loss value displayed on the OD view is 0.
Fiber loss cannot be queried if one of the NEs at two ends of a fiber is in version
V100R008C00 or later and the other is in version V100R009C00 or later.
2. Optional: Click Operate and choose Compare With History Data. Choose
the historical data to be imported in the Compare With History Data dialog

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

box that is displayed. Then the historical fiber loss of the entire network is
displayed in the window.

NOTE

● If the CRPC board is used at the transmit or receive end or no OA board is used at the
receive end, the actual fiber loss cannot be queried.
● The fiber loss values are displayed in the format of designed value/current value/
historical value.
● Historical data is marked "-" in the table before it is imported. If a fiber connection does
not have historical data, the historical fiber loss value is marked "-" in the table after
historical data is imported.
● After historical data is imported, it does not need to be imported again during subnet
changing.

NOTE

You can select or deselect Display Fiber Loss from the shortcut menu of the OD view to
display or hide the fiber loss data in the OD view.

5.3.1.2 Querying Alarms by Fault List


The Alarm Info tab page in the Optical Doctor (OD) main window displays all
fault information at the optical layer of the current network. The fault information
includes the fault type, fault severity, and fault point. On the Alarm Info tab page,
users can also view the OCh trails where alarms are generated.

Background Information
● On the Alarm Info tab page, Occurrence Time indicates the NE time when a
fault occurs. Therefore, Occurrence Time is accurate only after synchronizing
the NE time with the standard NTP server time is complete.

Querying Abnormal Alarms and Corresponding Trails


1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from
the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor
window is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

2. On the Alarm Info tab page, view all fault information at the optical layer of
the monitored network.

NOTE

● For details about the alarm information and handling method, see 6 Alarm
Description.
● Right-click an alarm and choose Locate To OD View from the shortcut menu. The
OD View window is displayed and the NEs or fiber connections related to the
alarm are circled by blue boxes in the topology view. For the MUT_LOS \ LOS-MUT,
OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN \ OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN, SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL \
SPAN-LOSS-EXCEED-EOL, SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN,
and SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-GAIN alarms, if the fiber
connections related to the alarms on NCE are deleted, the related NEs will be
circled by blue boxes in the topology view.
● Right-click the SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN,
SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-GAIN, or OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN
\ OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN alarm and choose View Optimization Record from the
shortcut menu to go to the Commissioning Record window, where you can query
the automatic optimization records of main optical paths. For details, see 8.6 View
Optimization Records.
● If you choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Parameter
Configuration from the main menu, click the Monitoring Parameter tab on the
displayed Parameter Configuration page, and disable R_LOS alarm monitoring,
the system will not associate to-be-optimized trails with new R_LOS alarms on the
Alarm Info tab page.
● Right-click the OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED alarm and choose View OSNR Loss
Alarm Details from the shortcut menu. In the displayed Alarm Details dialog box,
the OSNR loss performance data of each wavelength of the OMS trail where the
alarm port is located is displayed.
3. (Optional) Click Filter to filter and display the alarm information on the
Alarm Info tab page by alarm severity and alarm name.
4. On the Alarm Info tab page, select an abnormal message. In the trail list, all
associated OCh trails are displayed.

NOTE

● The displayed OCh trails are activated trails.


● In the trail list, right-click one or more OCh trails and choose WDM Trail Performance
Analysis from the shortcut menu. The WDM Trail Performance Analysis window is
displayed. For the method of querying trail performance data, see 5.3.2 Analyzing
Current Trail Performance.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Querying Abnormal Trails


On the Alarm Info tab page, right-click an alarm record and choose View To-Be-
Optimized Trail from the shortcut menu. The Optical Power Optimization
Management window is displayed and the trails related to the alarm are
displayed.

NOTE

View Paths to be Optimized is not supported when there are SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL


and MUT_LOS alarms. Besides, optimization and commissioning cannot clear the above
alarms and you need to handle them manually.

Saving the Fault List


1. Click Save As.... The Saving Options dialog box is displayed.
2. Set Start Row, End Row, and File Name.

3. Click OK.

5.3.2 Analyzing Current Trail Performance


The Optical Doctor (OD) system can intuitively display the multiplexed-
wavelength optical power, single-wavelength optical power, single-wavelength
optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR), bit error rate (BER) of monitored trails, and
OSNR Loss and the single-wavelength optical power and OSNR of the OA boards
that the trails traverse. Users can analyze trail performance data in a timely
manner by comparing historical and current performance data.

5.3.2.1 Displaying the Trail Performance Analysis Window


In the Trail Performance Analysis window, users can view the performance data
of trails in maintenance state as well as the single-wavelength optical power and
optical signal-to-noise (OSNR) of the OA boards that the E2E trails traverse.

Prerequisites
OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) detection
must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot be queried.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Operation Procedure
1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor on
the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor window is displayed.
2. Enter the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window.
– Method 1: Select a site or fiber in OD VIEW. All activated OCh trails
related to the site or fiber are displayed in the Trail Info window.
– Method 2: On the Alarm Info tab, right-click one or more alarm records
and choose View Associated Trail from the shortcut menu. In the trail
list, all associated OCh trails are displayed.
In the trail list, right-click one or more OCh trails and choose WDM Trail
Performance Analysis from the shortcut menu. The WDM Trail
Performance Analysis window is displayed.

NOTE

You can also perform the following steps to display the Trail Performance Analysis
window:
1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main menu
on the NCE Network Management app.
2. In the Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, set filter criteria. The required
trails are displayed in the trail list.
3. Right-click the desired OCh trail and choose WDM Optical Management > Trail
Performance Analysis from the shortcut menu. The WDM Trail Performance
Analysis window is displayed.
3. Select the desired OCh trail and click Analysis. The current performance data
of the trail is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

If the selected trail is not a trail in the Maintenance state, the Analysis button is
unavailable.
4. Optional: 5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails. The
historical performance data of the trail is displayed in the window.
NOTE

You can select or deselect the Historical Data of the right-click menu in the window
to display or hidden the historical data.

NOTE

● On the top of the window, the current and historical single-wavelength or


multiplexed-wavelength optical power and single wavelength OSNR of selected
trails are displayed in terms of column graph. At the bottom of the window, the
signal flow diagram is displayed. In the histogram, select the power or OSNR bar of
a node. Then the node is highlighted in the signal flow diagram. Similarly, after a
user clicks a node in the signal flow diagram, the node is highlighted in the
histogram.
● In the histogram, select the power or OSNR bar of a node. Then you can view
detailed parameter information for the node below the histogram.
● In the signal flow diagram, click a node marked abnormal. All the exception
information of the node is displayed.
● The current attenuation value, historical attenuation value, and the design EOL
value of the long fiber are displayed on the signal flow diagram.
● Move your cursor onto the optical amplifier. The current and historical values of
the attenuator and the OA gain are displayed on the window.

● The icon on the OA node in the signal flow diagram indicates that the node is
used to monitor optical power flatness.
● In the signal flow diagram, right-click a board and choose WDM Configuration to
locate the WDM interface of the board on NCE. In this way, users can query the
related parameters of the board.
● Select and right-click the required board in the signal flow diagram, and choose
Edit Maintenance Memo from the shortcut menu that is displayed. In the dialog
box that is displayed, you can edit the board maintenance information. After you
close the dialog box, the maintenance memo information is automatically saved.
Only one memo can be configured for each board and each memo contains a
maximum of 254 bytes. If the icon is displayed on a board in the signal flow
diagram, a memo is configured for the board.

5.3.2.2 Analyzing the Performance Data of E2E Trails


In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, the Optical Doctor (OD) system
intuitively displays the multiplexed-wavelength optical power, single-wavelength
optical power, single-wavelength optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR), bit error
rate (BER), and OSNR Loss of the monitored end-to-end (E2E) trails.

Prerequisites
● OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR)
detection must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot
be queried.
● Historical single-wavelength optical power can be viewed only after OD
routes are configured and OSNR detection must be enabled.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

● For the OSN 9800 NE, the NE data must be uploaded.

Background Information
● On a trail for which the OD route is not configured, the WDM Trail
Performance Analysis window will display the single-wavelength optical
power and OSNR of OA boards according to the values scanned by the MCA
or LS OA board. If no MCA or LS OA board is configured for the OA boards,
no single-wavelength optical power or OSNR will be displayed for the OA
boards.
● The historical performance data of the trail is displayed in the window only
after 5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails for the
selected trail.
● Trail performance analysis can be performed only 10 minutes after an OD
route is configured in the Network Parameter Settings window.
● The OD obtains device data at an interval of 10 minutes. Therefore, the
performance data is not real-time data.

Single-Wavelength Optical Power Analysis


Click the Single-Wavelength Power tab. On the displayed tab page, query the
single-wavelength optical power of all nodes on the trail.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

The following describes the histograms on the Single-Wavelength Power tab page:
● The current and historical single-wavelength input and output power of the OTU boards
and OA boards on the trail are displayed in histograms. The sequence for optical power
bars of all boards must be the same as that for the boards in the signal flow diagram.
● The horizontal dashed lines indicate the single-wavelength nominal input and output
optical power of OA boards.

● The input optical power threshold of the receive-end OTU board is represented as .
When the current single-wavelength input optical power of a receive-end OTU board is
beyond the permitted threshold range, a fatal error is displayed on the bar for the
board. In addition, the OTU board is marked abnormal in the signal flow diagram.
● If no optical power is obtained for a board, the corresponding bar for the board is not
displayed and the board is marked abnormal in the signal flow diagram.

Analyze the Single-Wavelength OSNR of the Trail


Click the Single-Wavelength OSNR tab. On the displayed tab page, query the
single-wavelength OSNR of all nodes on the trail.

NOTE

The following describes the histograms on the Single-Wavelength OSNR tab page:
● The current and historical single-wavelength OSNRs of the OA boards on the trail are
displayed in histograms. The sequence for OSNR bars of all boards must be the same as
that for the boards in the signal flow diagram.

Analyze the Multiplexed-Wavelength Optical Power of the Trail


Click the Multiplexed-Wavelength Power tab. On the displayed tab page, query
the multiplexed-wavelength optical power of all nodes on the trail.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

The following describes the histograms on the Multiplexed-Wavelength Power tab page:
● The current and historical multiplexed-wavelength input and output power of the OA
boards and multiplexer/demultiplexer boards on the trail are displayed in histograms.
The sequence for optical power bars of all boards must be the same as that for the
boards in the signal flow diagram.
● The histograms display the number of wavelengths that are in the maintenance state
and traverse the boards.

● indicates the current upper and lower limits for the multiplexed-wavelength
optical power of all OA boards except the local wavelength dropping OA board. When
the current multiplexed-wavelength optical power of an OA board is not within the
permitted range, a minor alarm is displayed in the bar for the OA board. In addition, a
minor alarm is displayed for the OA board in the signal flow diagram.
● If no optical power is obtained for a board, the corresponding bar for the board is not
displayed and the board is marked abnormal in the signal flow diagram.
● For the boards that do not support the query of input or output optical power, no input
or output optical power will be displayed for the boards in the histograms.
● The multiplexed power cannot be queried on the TN11WSD9 and TN11WSM9 boards.
● Right-click any area on the Multiplexed-Wavelength Power tab and choose Display
OA Only from the shortcut menu. The histograms only for OA boards are displayed on
the tab.

BER Analysis
Click the BER tab. On the displayed tab page, query the BER of the OTU boards on
the trail.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

The following describes the histograms on the BER tab:


● The current and historical pre-FEC BERs of the OTU boards on the trail are displayed in
histograms.
● The FEC type of the trail is displayed on the bars.
● The horizontal dashed lines indicate the BER alarm threshold. When the current BER of
an OTU board exceeds the threshold, a critical alarm is indicated on the bar for the OTU
board.
● For the OTU boards that do not support the query of pre-FEC BERs, no pre-FEC BER will
be displayed for the boards in the histograms.

OSNR Loss Analysis


Click the OSNR Loss tab to query the OSNR loss performance data of the selected
OCh trail and its associated trails in the maintenance state.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

Description of the OSNR Loss tab page:


● The NEs in the upper part of the page (for example, NE(84-86) and NE(84-81) as
shown in the figure above) indicate the sink and source NEs of an OMS respectively. The
OMSs on the selected OCh trail are displayed from left to right based on the service
direction. The left part displays the wavelength information.
● The OSNR loss values of each wavelength are displayed above the OMSs. The OSNR loss
value that is not queried is displayed as -- and the corresponding OMS is marked in red.
● For an OMS whose OSNR loss is not within the value range, the corresponding NE and
the OMS are marked in orange (indicating an alarm).

5.3.2.3 Analyzing the Single-Wavelength Optical Power and OSNR of OA


Boards
In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, users can analyze the single-
wavelength optical power and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) of OA boards
to identify network faults.

Prerequisites
● OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR)
detection must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot
be queried.
● Historical single-wavelength optical power can be viewed only after OD
routes are configured and OSNR detection must be enabled.
● For the OSN 9800 NE, the NE data must be uploaded.

Background Information
● On a trail for which the OD route is not configured, the WDM Trail
Performance Analysis window will display the single-wavelength optical
power and OSNR of OA boards according to the values scanned by the MCA
or LS OA board. If no MCA or LS OA board is configured for the OA boards,
no single-wavelength optical power or OSNR will be displayed for the OA
boards.
● The historical performance data of the trail is displayed in the window only
after 5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails for the
selected trail.
● Trail performance analysis can be performed only 10 minutes after an OD
route is configured in the Network Parameter Settings window.
● The OD obtains device data at an interval of 10 minutes. Therefore, the
performance data is not real-time data.

Operation Procedure
1. In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, select the desired OCh trail
and click Analysis. The current performance data of the trail is displayed.
2. Optional: The 5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails
window displays the historical performance of the trail.
3. In the signal flow diagram, double-click the desired OA board. The OA Info
dialog box is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

4. Click the Single-Wavelength Power tab to view the optical power of all
wavelengths on the OA board.

NOTE

The following describes the line charts on the Single-Wavelength Power tab page:
● The current and historical input and output optical power of all wavelengths on an
OA are displayed in terms of column graph.
● If Flatness Monitoring is set to Enable, the OA for monitoring optical power

equilibrium is represented as to indicate the reference range of the single-

wavelength input power. The central position of indicates the average single-
wavelength optical power. Wavelengths having no optical power are not involved
in the calculation of average single-wavelength optical power.
● The Single-Wavelength Power in the Flatness Monitoring window displays the
wavelength in the current maintenance state.
5. Click the Single-Wavelength OSNR tab to view the OSNR of each
wavelength on the OA board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

The following describes the histogram on the Single-Wavelength OSNR tab page:
● The current and historical single-wavelength OSNR of all wavelengths on an OA board
is displayed in terms of column graph.
● The Single-Wavelength Power in the Flatness Monitoring window displays the
wavelength in the current maintenance state.

5.3.3 Comparing Historical and Current Performance Data

5.3.3.1 Backing Up Trail Performance Data


You can back up the performance data of all or selected trails in the Maintenance
state in the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window. The performance data can
be imported later as historical data for performance data comparison.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR)
detection must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot
be queried.
● Historical single-wavelength optical power can be properly backed up and
viewed only after OD routes are configured and OSNR detection be enabled.
● For the OSN 9800 NE, the NE data must be uploaded.

Background Information
● One terminal can perform only one performance data backup task at a time.
The performance data of a maximum of 100 trails can be backed up in one
task.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

● For details about how to set the maximum number of backups that can be
stored in the storage space, see Strategy of Setting the Backup Data.
● Back Up Historical Data does not support backup of real-time data.
Performance analysis results cannot be directly saved as historical data.
NOTE

When the data of a subnet is synchronized, do not back up the performance data.
Otherwise, the backup operation fails.

Procedure
Step 1 In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, select one or more trails and
click Back Up Historical Data.
Step 2 Set Data Range in the Back Up Historical Data dialog box.

Step 3 Add remarks for this backup in Remarks.


NOTE

If you add remarks in Remarks, the name of the backup data will be in the format of
Date_No._Remarks.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
If errors occur during the data backup process, you can check the error messages
in the OD view.
Click Operate in the OD View and choose Historical Trail Data Backup Error.
The Historical Trail Data Backup Error dialog box that is displayed lists the error
messages.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5.3.3.2 Importing the Historical Performance Data of Trails


You can import the backup historical data and compare it with the current
performance data to identify possible network performance deterioration in a
timely manner.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" authority or higher.
● OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR)
detection must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot
be queried.
● Historical single-wavelength optical power can be viewed only after OD
routes are configured and OSNR detection must be enabled.
● For the OSN 9800 NE, the NE data must be uploaded.

Background Information
● The historical data of only the selected trail in the current window can be
imported. If the physical ID of an NE is changed, the historical NE data
backed up by using the tool earlier than OptiX NetStar O&M 7.0.310 cannot
be used for historical data comparison.
● After an ASON trail is manually rerouted, the rerouting time of the trail is not
refreshed. When you compare the historical data before and after rerouting,
the system does not display a message indicating that the trail has been
rerouted.
● Different clients can choose different historical data records.

Procedure
Step 1 In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, select one or more trails. Click
Operate and choose Compare With Historical Data.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 2 Select the desired historical data in the Compare With Historical Data dialog
box.

NOTE

The subnet backup data or trail backup data can be imported. For details about how to
configure automatic backup policies for subnet data, see Configuring the Data Backup
Policies. For details about how to back up trail data, see 5.3.3.1 Backing Up Trail
Performance Data.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

Result
After the operation is completed, the historical power and OSNR data of the trails
is displayed in the window.

NOTE

The historical data of trail performance analysis and imported trail backup shows the
number of maintenance wavelengths. The imported historical subnet backup data shows
the number of wavelengths that pass through the OA during backup.

5.3.4 Exporting Reports

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5.3.4.1 Exporting the Networkwide Preventive Maintenance Report


You can export the networkwide preventive maintenance report in the OD view.
This report can be used for data comparison in future network O&M.

Prerequisites
OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) detection
must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot be queried.

Background Information
● The networkwide preventive maintenance report supports only Microsoft
Excel 2007 or later.
● When querying the report, if Security Warning is displayed and prompt
Macros have been disabled on the main menu of the file in the format of
excel, you should click Options and choose Enable this content. Otherwise,
the diagram in the report may be abnormally displayed.
● The OD obtains device data at an interval of 10 minutes. Therefore, the report
data is not real-time data.

Operation Process
1. On the OD View tab page, click Backup Record Management.
2. Click Back Up. On the page that is displayed, set Data Type and Data Range.

NOTE

Assume that subnet A is composed of subnet A1 and A2. If both subnet A1 and A2 are
on an OMS, when you select Data Range, you must select subnet A for ensuring the
data integrity of the exported report. That is, subnet A1 and A2 must be concurrently
selected.
The Based on trails in the maintenance state check box is selected by default,
indicating that the generated report collects statistics on wavelengths only in the
Maintenance state.
3. Click Generate.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

4. After the task is complete, return to the Optical Doctor Data Management
page and click Export in the Report column corresponding to the record.

NOTE

You can add backup records to favorites and make remarks for the records. Backup
records added to favorites are not limited by the maximum number of backup records
allowed and will not be automatically deleted.A maximum of two immediate backup
tasks can be generated at the same time, but automatic backup tasks are not
included.
5. (Optional) Set Power Deviation Excessive Threshold and Automatically
Query After Apply,Delay Time.

Result
The exported report contains the following sheets: Statistics Info, OMS List, OMS
Data, Single-Wavelength Data, Span Data, Trail Power Diagram, and OA
Power Flatness Diagram.
● Statistics Info lists the collected alarm of span loss, single wavelength data,
and multiplexed wavelength data in the form of table and proportion of these
alarms in the form of pie diagram.

● The OMS List lists all OMS information in the entire network.
● OMS Data lists the collected power and OSNR data related to OCh trails on
all OMSs in the network.
In the Status column of OMS Data, click Trail Power Diagram of an OMS to
switch to the Trail Power Diagram sheet, which graphically displays the
multiplexed-wavelength optical power of each node on OCh trails.
● The Single-Wavelength Data lists the single-wavelength performance of OA
boards in the entire network.
On the Single-Wavelength Data worksheet, click any link in the Board Port
column. In the displayed OA Power Flatness Diagram window, you can query
the input and output single-wavelength optical power and OSNR of selected
OA in the form of diagram.
● The Span Data lists parameters of OTS in the entire network.

Parameters in the Networkwide PMI Report


A hyphen (-) indicates that the corresponding parameter is not supported or
configured. A slash (/) indicates that no data is obtained. Abnormal data is

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

marked with a color based on its abnormality level. The Status column shows the
color of the abnormality with the highest level in the row.

Table 5-14 OMS List

Paramete Description
r

Source Indicates the source optical NE of an OMS.


Optical
NE

Source NE Indicates the source NE of an OMS.

Source Indicates the source board of an OMS.


Board

Sink Indicates the sink optical NE of an OMS.


Optical
NE

Sink NE Indicates the sink NE of an OMS.

Sink Indicates the sink board of an OMS.


Board

Span Loss Indicates whether a span loss alarm is reported on an OMS.

Multiplex Indicates whether an alarm related to multiplexed-wavelength


ed- optical power is reported on an OMS.
Waveleng
th Optical
Power

Single- Indicates whether an alarm related to single-wavelength power


Waveleng flatness is reported on an OMS.
th
Flatness

OTU Indicates whether an alarm related to OTU input optical power is


Input reported on an OMS.
Optical
Power

Hyperlink Provides a link for an OMS. By clicking the link, you can navigate to
the OMS Data sheet to query the data of the OMS.

Table 5-15 OMS Data

Parameter Description

Object Optical NE Indicates the optical NEs on an


OMS.

NE Indicates the NEs on an OMS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Board Indicates the boards on an


OMS.

Port Indicates the board ports on an


OMS.

Port Type Indicates the types of the board


ports on an OMS.

Number of Wavelengths Indicates the number of


wavelengths in the Maintenance
state on an OA board that the
OMS traverses.

Wavelength Indicates a single wavelength in


maintenance state on the line
board or OTU board that an
OMS traverses.
NOTE
● In a non-FlexGrid system, the
value of Wavelength is
displayed in the format of
Wavelength number
\Wavelength\Frequency, for
example, 6\1531.12\195.800.
● In a FlexGrid system, the value
of Wavelength is displayed in
the format of Center
wavelength+Frequency width,
for example, 195.95000THz
+-18.75GHz.

Single- Current Value Indicates the current value of


Wavelengt the single-wavelength power of
h Optical the board that an OMS passes
Power through.
(dBm) NOTE
Click the link to switch to the
Single-Wavelength Data tab page,
where you can query the current
value of the single-wavelength
power of all single wavelengths on
an OA board.

Threshold Indicates the input power alarm


threshold of an OTU board that
an OMS traverses.

Single- Current Value Indicates the current single-


Wavelengt wavelength OSNR of each OTU
h OSNR board on an OMS.
(dB)

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Min. Value/ Max. Value Indicates the minimum/


maximum single-wavelength
OSNR of each board on an
OMS.

Multiplexe Current Value Indicates the multiplexed-


d- wavelength optical power of
Wavelengt boards on an OMS.
h Optical NOTE
Power The multiplexed power cannot be
(dBm) queried on the TN11WSD9 board.

Threshold Indicates the multiplexed-


wavelength optical power
threshold of boards on an OMS.

Nominal Current Value Indicates the current nominal


Gain (dB) gain of boards on an OMS.

Range Indicates the nominal gain


threshold of boards on an OMS.

Attenuatio Current Value Indicates the current optical


n (dB) power attenuation of boards on
an OMS.

Range Indicates the optical port


attenuation threshold of boards
on an OMS.

Span Data Provides a link to the Span


Data sheet, where you can
query the span data of the
OMS.

Pre-FEC Current Value Indicates the current pre-FEC


BER BER of each drop OTU board on
an OMS.

Threshold Indicates the pre-FEC BER


threshold of each drop OTU
board on an OMS.

FEC Type Indicates the FEC type of each


drop OTU board on an OMS.

Q Value Indicates the Q value of each


drop OTU board on an OMS.
The Q value directly shows the
network performance and each
Q value matches a BER value. A
greater Q value indicates better
network performance.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

CD Current Value Indicates the current Chromatic


Compensa Dispersion (CD) offset value of
tion each drop OTU board on an
OMS.
CD indicates spreading of a
pulse in an optical fiber caused
by differences in wave velocity
in the medium.

DGD Current Value Indicates the polarization mode


dispersion of each drop OTU
board on an OMS.
The polarization mode
dispersion is caused by
imperfect symmetry of cross-
sectional area of a fiber.

In-band Current Value Indicates the in-band noise of


noise (dB) Raman boards on an OMS.

Maintenance Memo Indicates the memo for the


boards on an OMS.

Table 5-16 Single-Wavelength Data


Parameter Description

OA Board Optical NE Indicates the optical NE on


the OCh trail where an OA
board resides.

NE Indicates the NE on the


OCh trail where a board
resides.

Board Port Indicates an OA board and


board port that the OCh
trail traverses.
NOTE
Clicking the link navigates
you to the OA Power
Flatness Diagram sheet,
which graphically displays
the single-wavelength
optical power.

OSA Board Optical NE Indicates the optical NE


where an optical spectrum
analyzer (OSA) board
resides.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

NE Indicates the NE where an


OSA board resides.

Board Port Indicates an OSA board


and the board port. This
port is used to analyze the
spectrum of an OA board.

Wavelength Indicates a single


wavelength on the OA
board.
NOTE
● In a non-FlexGrid system,
the value of Wavelength
is displayed in the format
of Wavelength number
\Wavelength\Frequency,
for example,
6\1531.12\195.800.
● In a FlexGrid system, the
value of Wavelength is
displayed in the format
of Center wavelength
+Frequency width, for
example, 195.95000THz
+-18.75GHz.

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current input


Input Optical Power optical power of a single
(dBm) wavelength on the OA
board.
NOTE
● If querying the single-
wavelength power of the
OA board fails, / is
displayed in Current
Value, and the data
identifier displayed in the
Current Value column is
Suggestion.
● If the single wavelength
on the OA board has no
light, -60 is displayed in
Current Value, and the
data identifier displayed
in the Current Value
column is Minor.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Nominal Value Indicates the single-


wavelength nominal input
optical power of the OA
board that an OCh trail
traverses when the gain of
the OA board reaches the
minimum.

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current


Output Optical Power output optical power of a
(dBm) single wavelength on the
OA board.
NOTE
● If querying the single-
wavelength power of the
OA board fails, / is
displayed in Current
Value, and the data
identifier displayed in the
Current Value column is
Suggestion.
● If the single wavelength
on the OA board has no
light, -60 is displayed in
Current Value, and the
data identifier displayed
in the Current Value
column is Minor.

Nominal Value Indicates the single-


wavelength nominal
output optical power of
the OA board that an OCh
trail traverses when the
gain of the OA board
reaches the minimum.

Threshold Indicates the current


flatness monitoring
threshold of a single
wavelength on the OA
board.

Deviation Value Indicates the deviation


output power of a single
wavelength on an OA
board.

Result Indicates the monitoring


result of a single
wavelength on the OA
board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current


OSNR (dB) OSNR value of a single
wavelength on an OA
board.

Table 5-17 Span Data


Parameter Description

Inter-Site Source Optical NE Indicates the source optical NE


Object of an optical transmission
section (OTS).

Source NE Indicates the source NE of an


OTS.

Span Source Port Indicates the source OA board


of an OTS.

OTS Source Indicates the source port of an


OTS.

Sink Optical NE Indicates the sink optical NE of


an OTS.

Sink NE Indicates the sink NE of an


OTS.

Span Sink Port Indicates the sink OA board of


an OTS.

OTS Sink Indicates the sink port of an


OTS.

Fiber Loss Current Value (dB) Indicates the current fiber loss.
NOTE
If the current fiber loss is greater
than the specified EOL value, the
current fiber loss is identified as a
major abnormality.

Design Value(EOL)(dB) Indicates the design fiber loss.

Margin (dB) Margin between the designed


attenuation and current
attenuation of a fiber. If the
current attenuation exceeds the
designed attenuation, 0 is
displayed.

Result Indicates the monitoring result


of fiber loss.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Span Loss Current Value (dB) Indicates the current loss of an


OTS.
NOTE
● The span loss is not calculated
if there is no source or sink OA
board.
● The current span attenuation is
the output optical power of
the source OA board minus the
input optical power of the sink
OA board. When the current
span loss is not within the
permitted range, the current
span loss is identified as a
minor abnormality.

Reference Value Range (dB) Indicates the nominal loss of


an OTS.

Output Current Value(dBm) Indicates the output optical


power of power of the source OA board
Source OA on an OTS.

EVOA Current Value(dB) Indicates the attenuation of the


before Sink electrical variable optical
OA attenuator (EVOA) before the
sink OA board on an OTS.

Input power Current Value(dBm) Indicates the input optical


of Sink OA power of the sink OA board on
an OTS.

Launch Launch Power(dBm) Indicates the single-wavelength


Power incident optical power of a
fiber.

Target Attenuation of EVOA Indicates the target attenuation


After Source Port (dB) of the EVOA after the source
OA board on an OTS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Attenuation of EVOA After Indicates the attenuation of the


Source Port(dB) EVOA after the source OA
board on an OTS.
NOTE
Attenuation of EVOA After
Source Port (dB) in the Launch
Power column indicates the
attenuation of the EVOA that is
installed in the downstream
direction of the egress OA board
and is used to control the incident
optical power.
When the Launch Power less than
the value calculated from the
output optical power of the OA
board (the nominal output optical
power just at the board is
transmit-end OA) minus the EVOA
attenuation, the Attenuation of
EVOA After Source Port (dB)
column is marked as minor
abnormality.

5.3.4.2 Exporting Trail Performance Report


In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, you can export the trail
performance report for data comparison in further network O&M.

Prerequisites
OD routes must be configured and optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) detection
must be enabled; otherwise, single-wavelength OSNR data cannot be queried.

Background Information
● When querying the report, if Security Warning is displayed and prompt
Macros have been disabled on the main menu of the file in the format of
excel, you should click Options and choose Enable this content. Otherwise,
the diagram in the report may be abnormally displayed.
● The OD obtains device data at an interval of 10 minutes. Therefore, the report
data is not real-time data.

Operation Procedure
Step 1 In the WDM Trail Performance Analysis window, select one or more OCh trails
and click WDM Trail Performance Report.
Step 2 In the Export Report dialog box, set Data type and Data range for the report.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

The Based on trails in the maintenance state check box is selected by default, indicating
that the generated report collects statistics on wavelengths only in the Maintenance state.

Step 3 Click Generate.


NOTE

When you export the report for the first time, the browser blocks the report pop-up and the

address bar is marked Pop-up blocked . You can perform the following operations:

1. Click Pop-up blocked . In the dialog box that is displayed, click the link for the pop-
up you want to see. The report is automatically downloaded.
2. To always see pop-ups for the report, select Always allow pop-ups and redirects from
[site] and click Done.

----End

Result
The exported report contains the following worksheets: OCh Trail Data, Single-
Wavelength Data, Span Data, Trail Power Diagram, and OA Power Flatness
Diagram.

● OCh Trail Data displays the power of the selected OCh trail in the
Maintenance state and the OSNR data.
In the Status column of OCh Trail Data, click Trail Power Diagram to switch
to the Trail Power Diagram sheet, which graphically displays the power or
OSNR of each node on OCh trails.
● Single-Wavelength Data displays the power and OSNR of single
wavelengths of an OA on an OCh trail.
On the Single-Wavelength Data worksheet, click any link in the Board Port
column. On the displayed OA Power Flatness Diagram tab, you can directly
query the single-wavelength power and OSNR in the form of diagram.
● Span Data displays the information about the optical fiber loss and optical
power of an OTS on an OCh trail.
NOTE

For an 80-channel system with no OA board configured at the transmit end, no data is
displayed in Span Data in the report.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameters in the Trail Performance Report


A hyphen (-) indicates that the corresponding parameter is not supported or
configured. A slash (/) indicates that no data is obtained. Abnormal data is
marked with a color based on its abnormality level. The Status column shows the
color of the abnormality with the highest level in the row.

NOTE

For details about how to handle abnormal issues displayed in the report, see 9.2 Solutions
to Abnormal Optical Power in the WDM Trail Performance Report.

Table 5-18 OCh Trail Data


Parameter Description

Object Optical NE Indicates the optical NEs on


an OCh trail.

NE Indicates the NEs on an OCh


trail.

Board Indicates the boards on an


OCh trail.

Port Indicates the board ports on


an OCh trail.

Port Type Indicates the types of board


ports on an OCh trail.

Number of Wavelengths Indicates the number of


wavelengths on an OA
board port that the OCh
trail traverses.

Wavelength Indicates the wavelength of


an OCh trail.
NOTE
● In a non-FlexGrid system,
the value of Wavelength is
displayed in the format of
Wavelength number
\Wavelength\Frequency, for
example,
6\1531.12\195.800.
● In a FlexGrid system, the
value of Wavelength is
displayed in the format of
Center wavelength
+Frequency width, for
example, 195.95000THz
+-18.75GHz.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current value


Optical Power of the single-wavelength
(dBm) power of the nodes that an
OCh trail traverses.
NOTE
Click the link to switch to the
Single-Wavelength Data tab
page, where you can query the
current value of the single-
wavelength power of all single
wavelengths on an OA board.

Nominal Value/Threshold Indicates the single-


wavelength nominal input
or output power of the OA
board that an OCh trail
traverses when the gain of
the OA board is the
minimum value, and the
input power alarm threshold
of an OTU board.

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current single-


OSNR (dB) wavelength OSNR of a node
that the OCh trail traverses.

Min. Value/ Max. Value Indicates the minimum/


maximum single-
wavelength OSNR of a node
that the OCh trail traverses.
NOTE
Click the link to display the
Single-Wavelength Data tab
page, where the current OSNR
value of every single
wavelength on the OA is
displayed.

Multiplexed- Current Value Indicates the multiplexed-


Wavelength wavelength optical power of
Optical Power a node that the OCh trail
(dBm) traverses.
NOTE
The multiplexed power cannot
be queried on the TN11WSD9
board.

Threshold Indicates the multiplexed-


wavelength optical power
threshold of a node that the
OCh trail traverses.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Nominal Gain Current Value Indicates the current


(dB) nominal gain of a node that
the OCh trail traverses.

Range Indicates the nominal gain


threshold of a node that the
OCh trail traverses.

Actual Range Indicates the actual nominal


gain threshold of a node
that the OCh trail traverses.

Attenuation (dB) Current Value Indicates the current optical


power attenuation of a
node that the OCh trail
traverses.

Range Indicates the optical port


attenuation range of a node
that the OCh trail traverses.

Span Data Provides a link to the Span


Data sheet, where you can
query the span data of the
OCh trail.

Pre-FEC BER Current Value Indicates the current pre-


FEC BER of a node that the
OCh trail traverses.

Threshold Indicates the pre-FEC BER


threshold of a node that the
OCh trail traverses.

FEC Type Indicates the FEC type of a


node that the OCh trail
traverses.

Q Value Indicates the Q value of a


node that the OCh trail
traverses.
The Q value directly shows
the network performance
and each Q value matches a
BER value. A greater Q
value indicates better
network performance.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

CD Compensation Current Value Indicates the current


chromatic dispersion (CD)
offset value of a node that
the OCh trail traverses.
CD indicates spreading of a
pulse in an optical fiber
caused by differences in
wave velocity in the
medium.

DGD Current Value Indicates the current


polarization mode
dispersion value of a node
that the OCh trail traverses.
The polarization mode
dispersion is caused by
imperfect symmetry of
cross-sectional area of a
fiber.

In-band noise (dB) Current Value Indicates the current in-


band noise of a node that
the OCh trail traverses.

Table 5-19 Single-Wavelength Data


Parameter Description

OA Board Optical NE Indicates the optical NE on


the OCh trail where an OA
board resides.

NE Indicates the NE on the


OCh trail where a board
resides.

Board Port Indicates an OA board and


board port that the OCh
trail traverses.

OSA Board Optical NE Indicates the optical NE


where an optical spectrum
analyzer (OSA) board
resides.

NE Indicates the NE where an


OSA board resides.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Board Port Indicates an OSA board


and the board port. This
port is used to analyze the
spectrum of an OA board.

Wavelength Indicates a single


wavelength on the OA
board.
NOTE
● In a non-FlexGrid system,
the value of Wavelength
is displayed in the format
of Wavelength number
\Wavelength\Frequency,
for example,
6\1531.12\195.800.
● In a FlexGrid system, the
value of Wavelength is
displayed in the format
of Center wavelength
+Frequency width, for
example, 195.95000THz
+-18.75GHz.

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current input


Input Optical Power optical power of a single
(dBm) wavelength on the OA
board.
NOTE
● If querying the single-
wavelength power of the
OA board fails, / is
displayed in Current
Value, and the data
identifier displayed in the
Current Value column is
Suggestion.
● If the single wavelength
on the OA board has no
light, -60 is displayed in
Current Value, and the
data identifier displayed
in the Current Value
column is Minor.

Nominal Value Indicates the single-


wavelength nominal input
optical power of the OA
board that an OCh trail
traverses when the gain of
the OA board reaches the
minimum.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current


Output Optical Power output optical power of a
(dBm) single wavelength on the
OA board.
NOTE
● If querying the single-
wavelength power of the
OA board fails, / is
displayed in Current
Value, and the data
identifier displayed in the
Current Value column is
Suggestion.
● If the single wavelength
on the OA board has no
light, -60 is displayed in
Current Value, and the
data identifier displayed
in the Current Value
column is Minor.

Nominal Value Indicates the single-


wavelength nominal
output optical power of
the OA board that an OCh
trail traverses when the
gain of the OA board
reaches the minimum.

Threshold Indicates the current


flatness monitoring
threshold of a single
wavelength on the OA
board.

Deviation Value Indicates the deviation


output power of a single
wavelength on an OA
board.

Result Indicates the monitoring


result of a single
wavelength on the OA
board.

Single-Wavelength Current Value Indicates the current


OSNR (dB) OSNR value of a single
wavelength on an OA
board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-20 Span Data


Parameter Description

Inter-Site Source Optical NE Indicates the source optical NE


Object of an optical transmission
section (OTS).

Source NE Indicates the source NE of an


OTS.

Span Source Port Indicates the source OA board


of an OTS.

OTS Source Indicates the source port of an


OTS.

Sink Optical NE Indicates the sink optical NE of


an OTS.

Sink NE Indicates the sink NE of an


OTS.

Span Sink Port Indicates the sink OA board of


an OTS.

OTS Sink Indicates the sink port of an


OTS.

Fiber Loss Current Value (dB) Indicates the current fiber loss.
NOTE
If the current fiber loss is greater
than the specified EOL value, the
current fiber loss is identified as a
major abnormality.

Design Value(EOL)(dB) Indicates the design fiber loss.

Margin (dB) Margin between the designed


attenuation and current
attenuation of a fiber. If the
current attenuation exceeds the
designed attenuation, 0 is
displayed.

Result Indicates the monitoring result


of fiber loss.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Span Loss Current Value (dB) Indicates the current loss of an


OTS.
NOTE
● The span loss is not calculated
if there is no source or sink OA
board.
● The current span attenuation is
the output optical power of
the source OA board minus the
input optical power of the sink
OA board. When the current
span loss is not within the
permitted range, the current
span loss is identified as a
minor abnormality.

Reference Value Range (dB) Indicates the nominal loss of


an OTS.

Output Current Value(dBm) Indicates the output optical


power of power of the source OA board
Source OA on an OTS.

EVOA Current Value(dB) Indicates the attenuation of the


before Sink electrical variable optical
OA attenuator (EVOA) before the
sink OA board on an OTS.

Input power Current Value(dBm) Indicates the input optical


of Sink OA power of the sink OA board on
an OTS.

Launch Launch Power(dBm) Indicates the single-wavelength


Power incident optical power of a
fiber.

Nominal Single-Wavelength Indicates the single-wavelength


Output Power of Source nominal output optical power
Port(dBm) of the source OA board on an
OTS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

Attenuation of EVOA After Indicates the attenuation of the


Source Port(dB) EVOA after the source OA
board on an OTS.
NOTE
Attenuation of EVOA After
Source Port (dB) in the Launch
Power column indicates the
attenuation of the EVOA that is
installed in the downstream
direction of the egress OA board
and is used to control the incident
optical power.
When the Launch Power less than
the value calculated from the
output optical power of the OA
board (the nominal output optical
power just at the board is
transmit-end OA) minus the EVOA
attenuation, the Attenuation of
EVOA After Source Port (dB)
column is marked as minor
abnormality.

5.3.5 Verifying Trail Board Consistency


You can verify the consistency of OCh trails in the Trail Optical Label
Management window. That is, you can verify the consistency between the
wavelengths (logical wavelengths) that traverse the board ports and the actual
wavelengths (physical wavelengths).

Prerequisites
● You need to apply for and install the OD system software license. For details,
see 3.1 Required License. The 10/40G system is not supported.
● The optical path can be detected only when services are available on the
optical path.
● This function strongly depends on logical fiber connections. If logical fiber
connections are missing, this function is unavailable.
● Only the OptiX OSN 98009600/OptiXtrans E9600 (excluding OSN 9800 P32
series subracks) is supported.
● Only new pure coherent networks are supported, which are mainly used in
96-wavelength systems.
● Only boards that support the LS function are supported.
● Third-party wavelengths are not supported.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Background Information
● Detection principle: The source physical information is loaded on the source
OTU board of the signal flow, parsed on a downstream board, and compared
with the logical information.
● Detection range: board ports that support LS overhead detection
● Detection item: consistency between the wavelengths (logical wavelengths)
that traverse the board ports and the actual wavelengths (physical
wavelengths)

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Commissioning Trail
Management from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app.
Step 2 In Set Trail Filter Criteria window, select the desired filter criteria and click Filter
All or Incremental Filter.
NOTE

● If you need to filter all the trails, click Filter All.


● If you need to add to the list more trails that match the requirement, click Incremental
Filter.

NOTE

You can also click Subnet Settings tab to filter the subnets.

Step 3 The desired filtering OCh trails are displayed in the WDM Trail Performance
Commissioning.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 4 In the Commissioning Trail Management window, select the OCh trails to be
verified, click Operate, and select Trail Optical Label Management from the
drop-down menu.

Step 5 In the Trail Optical Label Management window, click an OCh trail. The selected
OCh trail is highlighted in the list and its routing diagram is displayed in the lower
part of the window.

Step 6 Click Verify to check the consistency of all trails in the list.

Step 7 Select an OCh trail and view the verification result.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

● : Displays the basic information as well as forward and reverse optical label
verification results of a trail.

● : Displays the routing diagram of a trail.

● : Displays the optical label information of boards that support LS overhead detection
of a trail.

Step 8 In the Consistency Verification area, select Forward route or Reverse route to
view the routing diagram of the analyzed OCh trail. The routing diagram of a trail
is colored based on the legend. You can view the analysis result by referring to the
legend.

Step 9 Click a board. The optical label information of the board on the current route is
highlighted in the lower part.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Table 5-21 describes the optical label parameters.

Table 5-21 Optical label parameters

Parameter Description

Optical Label Indicates the board information of the site that an OCh
route traverses.

Source ne Indicates the name of the NE to which the source board


belongs.

Source board Indicates the source board name of an OCh route.

Source port Indicates the source port name of an OCh route.

Sink ne Indicates the name of the NE to which the sink board


belongs.

Sink board Indicates the sink board name of an OCh route.

Sink port Indicates the sink port name of an OCh route.

Center frequency Indicates the center frequency of a wavelength.

Frequency width Indicates the frequency bandwidth of a board.

Rate Indicates the transmission rate of a route.

Code type Indicates the modulation format of a board.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Parameter Description

FEC type Indicates the FEC type of a board.

Step 10 Click Board Optical Label to view the single-NE optical label information of the
board.

----End

5.4 Optical Line Protection Visualization


Optical line protection (OLP) visualization can implement OLP switching history
query and visualized OLP protection group performance. Users can discover the
OLP abnormal status on the GUI in time, and query and analyze the OLP
switching history and historical performance data.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

5.4.1 (Optional) Configuring the Parameters of Visualized


Optical Line Protection

Procedure
Step 1 On NCE, open the Network Management app, and choose Configuration >
WDM Optical Management > OLP Visualization from the main menu.

Step 2 Choose OLP Visualization > System Configuration to configure the storage
duration of automatic periodic tasks and various analysis data..

Domain Value Range Description

Switch Enable, Disable Enable or disable automatic analysis


tasks.

Start time, - Set the start time and end time of an


End time automatic analysis task.

Automatic Fixed interval, Specified Fixed interval: Executing tasks every


mode time point several hours.
Specified time point: Execute tasks at
specified time points everyday.
The interval between two executions
cannot be less than 8 hours.

Retention 1-30 Set the retention days of automatic


period analysis task records. After the
retention days, the records will be
deleted.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

You can also set retention days for Switch Event Settings and Manual Snapshot Settings.

----End

5.4.2 Querying the OLP Status


Procedure
Step 1 On NCE, open the Network Management app, and choose Configuration >
WDM Optical Management > OLP Visualization from the main menu.
Step 2 On the OLP Visualization page, choose OMS Protection Risk Statistics, and view
the required protection data by using the filtering function.
1. Click and the Protection Group Performance Details page is displayed.

2. Click Export to view the OLP risk report.

3. Select one or more risk status data and click Risk Status Analysis to
manually refresh the risk status of the selected data.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 3 Click the Protection Group Performance Status tab to view the performance
status.
1. Click the OMS Information tab to view details. If both forward OMSs and
reverse OMSs exist, click the Forward OMS Info or Reverse OMS Info tab to
view the information.

2. Click Query to query the performance status of the current protection group.

3. After the query, click Save Snapshot to save the queried status information to
historical data.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

4. Click Query Associated Group to query the risk status details of the reverse
protection group associated with the current protection group.

5. Right-click a board to view the historical trend of EVOA Attenuation(Port


ID), OA input optical power(Port ID), OA output optical power, and OA
Gain.

6. Click WDM Configuration to redirect to the corresponding NE Explorer and


perform WDM configurations.
7. Right-click a span fiber to view Fiber Loss and start Detect Fiber Quality.

8. Click a span fiber to highlight it.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

Step 4 On the Protection Group Performance Details page, click the Associated OCh
tab.
1. Click Query to query the performance status of the current protection group.

2. After the query, click Save Snapshot to save the queried status information to
historical data.
Step 5 On the Switching record page, click the icon on the right of a record. The
performance status of the switching protection group will be displayed in the
Protection Group Performance Status view.

NOTE

The current and historical performance which is separated by a slash (/) can be displayed in
the Protection Group Performance Status view at the same time. On the left of the slash
is the current performance and on the right of the slash is historical performance.

Step 6 On the Historical Performance Display page, click the icon on the right of a
record. The performance status of the switching protection group will be displayed
in the Protection Group Performance Status view.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 5 Using the OD System for Network O&M (NCE)

NOTE

You can click to favorite a historical record or enter remarks in the text box. Favorite
records will not be deleted after the retention period.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

6 Alarm Description

This section describes information of common alarm handling, including


descriptions, parameters, impacts on the system, and possible causes of alarms.

NOTE

For the handling of the MUT_LOS and SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL alarms, see the Alarm and
Event Handling manual for auxiliary devices.

6.1 IN_PWR_HIGH\IN-PWR-HIGH
6.2 IN_PWR_LOW\IN-PWR-LOW
6.3 MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT
6.4 OA_OUT_PWR_ABN\OA-OUT-PWR-ABN
6.5 OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN\OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN
6.6 PWR_UNBALANCED\PWR-UNBALANCED
6.7 R_LOS\LOS
6.8 SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL\SPAN-LOSS-EXCEED-EOL
6.9 SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN
6.10 SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-GAIN
6.11 OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED

6.1 IN_PWR_HIGH\IN-PWR-HIGH
Description
Input optical power being too high. This alarm is generated on the IN port of the
receive-end line board or OTU board when the input optical power is higher than
the upper threshold of the input optical power.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Critical Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


When the input optical power is excessively high, bit errors and LOF alarms may
be generated in the received signals, and the optical module on the board can be
damaged. As a result, the services are affected.

Fault Symptom
None

Possible Causes
● Cause 1 (reported from the WDM side): The output optical power of the
board in the upstream station is excessively high.
● Cause 2 (reported from the WDM side): The board that reports this alarm is
faulty.

Procedure
● Cause 1 (reported from the WDM side): The output optical power of the
board in the upstream station is excessively high.
a. If the alarm is generated on the WDM side, query the input optical power
of the board that reports the alarm on NCE to check whether the input
optical power is within the permitted range. If the input optical power is
abnormal, query the input and output optical power of the board in the
upstream direction of the OTU along the reverse signal flow on NCE. If
the input and output optical power of the upstream board exceeds the
permitted range, adjust the input optical power of the board to a proper
value.
b. If the input optical power of the upstream boards is within the permitted
range, whereas the output optical power is abnormal, the upstream
board may be faulty. Replace the board.

If... Then...

The board supports pluggable Replace the specific pluggable


optical modules optical module.

The board does not support Replace the board.


pluggable optical modules

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

c. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, see the alarm
handling procedure for cause 2 (reported from the WDM side).
● Cause 2 (reported from the WDM side): The board that reports this alarm is
faulty.
a. If the input optical power of the board that reports this alarm is normal,
the board may be faulty. In this case, replace the board.

If... Then...

The board supports pluggable Replace the specific pluggable


optical modules optical module.

The board does not support Replace the board.


pluggable optical modules

b. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
for assistance.
● If the alarm is generated in multiple wavelengths, the alarm handling method
is similar to the handling method for the alarm generated on the WDM side.

Related Information
The optical attenuator is marked with attenuation values expressed in dB.

6.2 IN_PWR_LOW\IN-PWR-LOW
Description
Input optical power being too low. This alarm is generated on the IN port of the
receive-end line board or OTU board when the input optical power is lower than
the lower threshold of the input optical power.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Critical Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


If the input optical power is excessively low, bit errors may be generated in the
received signals, which affect the normal receiving of the services.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Fault Symptom
None

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the IN_PWR_LOW\IN-PWR-LOW alarm are as follows:
● Cause 1 (reported from the WDM side): The fiber connector is dirty, and the
fiber jumper is over-bent, damaged or aged.
● Cause 2 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation of the attenuator
attached to the optical port on the board that reports this alarm is excessively
high.
● Cause 3 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation attached to the
transmit optical port on the board at the opposite station is excessively high,
or the transmit optical module is faulty.
● Cause 4 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation in the transmission
of the optical signals is excessively high and the compensation is insufficient.
● Cause 5 (reported from the WDM side): The board that reports this alarm is
faulty.

Procedure
● Cause 1 (reported from the WDM side): The fiber connector is dirty, and the
fiber jumper is over-bent, damaged or aged.
a. Use an optical power meter to measure the input optical power of the
local board to determine whether the input optical power is within the
permitted range.
b. If the detected power is excessively low, check the fiber connection. If the
fiber connector is dirty, clean or replace the fiber connector.
c. If the alarm persists, check the fiber jumper. If the fiber jumper is over-
bent, damaged or aged, adjust the fiber jumper or replacing fiber
jumpers.
d. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, see the alarm
handling procedure for cause 2 (reported from the WDM side).
● Cause 2 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation of the attenuator
attached to the optical port on the board that reports this alarm is excessively
high.
a. Check whether the attenuation of the attenuator attached to the receive
optical port is excessively high. If the attenuation is excessively high,
decrease the attenuation value of the attenuator to a proper value or
replace the attenuator with a suitable attenuator.
b. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, see the alarm
handling procedure for cause 3 (reported from the WDM side).
● Cause 3 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation attached to the
transmit optical port on the board at the opposite station is excessively high,
or the transmit optical module is faulty.
a. Check the board at the opposite station. If the laser on the board is
turned off, turn on it on NCE.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

b. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check whether
an optical attenuator with excessively high attenuation is attached to the
transmit optical port on the board at the opposite station. If it is,
decrease the attenuation to a proper value or replace the optical
attenuator so that the output optical power of the opposite board is
normal.
c. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check the
output optical power performance values and alarms of the board. If the
reported alarms or performance values are different from the
specification values, see the corresponding handling procedure for the
alarms or performance events to rectify the fault.
d. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, see the alarm
handling procedure for cause 4 (reported from the WDM side).
● Cause 4 (reported from the WDM side): The attenuation in the transmission
of the optical signals is excessively high and the compensation is insufficient.
a. Query the input and output optical power of the boards in the upstream
direction of the OTU at the local station along the reverse signal flow on
NCE. Locate the board with the excessively low optical power and adjust
the input optical power of the board to a proper value.
b. Check the input and output optical power of the upstream stations one
by one along the reverse signal flow on NCE and locate the faulty section
where the optical power is excessively low.
c. If the output optical power of the upstream station is normal, check the
cables, fiber jumpers, fiber connectors, and attenuators. If the attenuation
of the cables is higher than the attenuation in the engineering design,
adjust the attenuator, or rectify or change the cables. If the fiber jumper,
fiber connector or the attenuator is dirty, clean or replace the fiber
jumper, fiber connector or attenuator.
d. If the output optical power of the upstream station is abnormal,
troubleshoot the faults at the upstream station so that the output optical
power is normal.
e. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, see the alarm
handling procedure for cause 5 (reported from the WDM side).
● Cause 5 (reported from the WDM side): The board that reports this alarm is
faulty.
a. If the alarm persists, the board that reports this alarm may be faulty.
Replace the board.
i. If the board supports pluggable optical modules, replace the specific
pluggable optical module.
ii. If the board does not support pluggable optical modules, replace the
board.
b. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei for assistance.
● If the alarm is generated in multiple wavelengths, the alarm handling method
is similar to the handling method for the alarm generated on the WDM side.

Related Information
The optical attenuator is marked with attenuation values expressed in dB.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

6.3 MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT
Description
Loss of multiplexed signals. This alarm is generated when the input multiplexed
signals of the board are lost.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Critical Communication alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


The services carried at the optical port where this alarm is generated are
interrupted.

Fault Symptom
Table 6-1 lists the fault symptom for the MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT alarm.

Table 6-1 Fault symptom for the MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT alarm

Fault Symptom Cause

There is no input optical power on the Cause 1: The fiber connected to an


optical port where the MUT_LOS\LOS- optical port at the receive end of the
MUT alarm is reported. board that reports the alarm is not
connected, incorrectly connected, or
damaged.

Possible Causes
● Cause 1: The fiber connected to an optical port at the receive end of the
board that reports the alarm is not connected, incorrectly connected, or
damaged.
● Cause 2: The attenuation of the signals during line transmission is excessively
high.
NOTE

The OD function reports the MUT_LOS\LOS-MUT alarm only for an inter-site fiber
connection fault.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

6.4 OA_OUT_PWR_ABN\OA-OUT-PWR-ABN
Description
Transmit-end OA power abnormal alarm. This alarm is generated when the
difference between the output optical power computed using the output optical
power of the multiplexed wavelengths on the transmit-end OA board and the
standard optical power exceeds the specified threshold. It is reported on the OUT
port of the transmit-end egress OA board that is connected to the spectrum
analyzer board on an OMS.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


If the output optical power of the multiplexed wavelengths on the transmit-end
OA board is abnormal, service signals may be unstable and BER may increase.
Then an alarm indicating excessively low or high path optical power may occur
and the performance may be abnormal.

Possible Causes
The input optical power of the monitored wavelengths is abnormal. As a result,
the difference between the computed output optical power of the multiplexed
wavelengths on the transmit-end OA board and the standard power exceeds the
threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the line fiber connections are normal and whether the fibers are
aged.

Step 2 Check whether any VOA is not configured on the line. If yes, manually adjust the
VOA attenuation to the normal value.

Step 3 Check whether the alarm threshold is excessively low. If the alarm threshold is
excessively low, set the alarm threshold according to the plan of the live network.

Step 4 Check whether the insertion loss of the board is normal.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Related Information
None

6.5 OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN\OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN
Description
Abnormal accumulated span loss. This alarm is generated when the actual span
loss is different from the gain compensation value and the accumulated difference
of all spans exceeds the threshold. It is reported on the sink port of an inter-site
OTS section where the accumulated difference exceeds the threshold.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


If the line loss is excessively large, service signals may be unstable and BER may
increase. Then an alarm indicating excessively low path optical power may occur
and the performance may be abnormal.

Possible Causes
Because of line fiber aging and environment temperature changes, the
accumulated difference between span loss and the gain compensation value
exceeds the threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the line fiber connections are normal, whether the fibers are aged,
and whether the fiber connectors are clean.

Step 2 Check whether any VOA is not configured on the line. If yes, manually adjust the
VOA attenuation to the normal value.

Step 3 Check whether the alarm threshold is excessively low. If the alarm threshold is
excessively low, set the alarm threshold according to the plan of the live network.
For details about the method of setting the alarm thresholds, see 5.2.3 Setting
Basic OD Monitoring Parameters. Among the threshold parameters, Line
Attenuation Compensation Threshold(dB) indicates the threshold for the
difference between the loss of optical transmission section (OTS) and OA gain.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Step 4 Check whether the insertion loss of the board is normal.


----End

Related Information

Table 6-2 Formulas for calculating the span line loss and gain compensation value
Scenario Span Line Loss Gain Compensation
Value

Only EDFA boards are Output optical power of Gain value of the
used at the two ends of the upstream OA board downstream OA board
a span line. – Input optical power of
the downstream OA
board

RAU boards are used in Output optical power of Gain of the Raman part
the downstream of a the upstream OA board of the downstream RAU
span line. – Input optical power of board + Gain of the
the EDFA part of the EDFA part of the
downstream RAU board downstream RAU board
+ Actual gain of the
Raman part of the
downstream RAU board
+ Optical power of the
inband noise introduced
by the Raman part of the
downstream RAU board

6.6 PWR_UNBALANCED\PWR-UNBALANCED
Description
Unbalanced optical power flatness alarm. This alarm is generated when the
optical power flatness of monitored wavelengths at the optical power monitoring
point exceeds the threshold. It is reported on the OUT port of the OA board
connecting to the spectrum analyzer board that is used for optical power
equilibrium.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
When you view an alarm on the network management system, select the alarm.
In the Alarm Details field display the related parameters of the alarm. The alarm

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

parameters are in the following format: Alarm Parameters (hex): parameter1


parameter2...parameterN. For details about each parameter, refer to the following
table.

Name Meaning

Parameters 1 to 4 Indicates that the center frequency of


a service wavelength.

Impact on the System


If the wave power is abnormal, service signals may be unstable and BER may
increase. Then an alarm indicating excessively low or high path optical power may
occur and the performance may be abnormal.

Possible Causes
Because of abnormal wavelength attenuation adjustment and line condition
changes, the optical power flatness of monitored wavelengths at the optical
power monitoring point is abnormal.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the boards and fiber connections are normal.

Step 2 Check whether the fiber loss has changed.

Step 3 Check whether there is a margin for single-wavelength attenuation adjustment.

----End

Related Information
None

6.7 R_LOS\LOS
Description
Loss of signals at the receive end. This alarm is generated when the receive end
receives no signal. It is reported on the IN port of the receive-end OTU board.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Critical Communication alarm

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


The services carried at the optical port where this alarm is generated are
interrupted.

Possible Causes
● Cause 1 (reported from the WDM side): No fiber jumper is connected to the
optical port on the board of the local station, the fiber jumper connected to
the optical port is loose, or the fiber jumper is connected incorrectly.
● Cause 2 (reported from the WDM side): The line attenuation is excessively
high or a fiber cut occurs.
● Cause 3 (reported from the WDM side): The laser of the board at the opposite
station is shut down.
● Cause 4 (reported from the WDM side): The transmit module of the opposite
station or receive module of the local station is faulty.
● Cause 5 (reported from the WDM side): For the coherent board, the actually
received wavelength is inconsistent with the configured received wavelength
on the board.

Procedure
Step 1 Check the fiber jumper connection on the board that reports this alarm at the
local station.
Step 2 Check whether the fiber jumper is connected properly. Reconnect fiber jumpers
between boards according to the actual networking environment.
Step 3 On NCE, check whether the receive optical power at the optical port is within the
permitted range.
Step 4 On NCE, check whether the laser on the board at the opposite station is on. If not,
open the laser.
Step 5 Check whether the board at the opposite station or the board at the local station
supports pluggable optical modules.
Step 6 Verify consistency between the actually received wavelength and configured
received wavelength on the board.
Step 7 Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
engineers.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

6.8 SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL\SPAN-LOSS-EXCEED-EOL
Description
Span fiber loss exceeding EOL. This alarm is generated when the actual fiber loss
is larger than the EOL value. It is reported on the sink port of an inter-site OTS
section.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Major Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


If the line loss is excessively large, service signals may be unstable and BER may
increase. Then an alarm indicating excessively low path optical power may occur
and the performance may be abnormal.

Possible Causes
The line fiber ages or the ambient temperature changes, which causes excessively
large line loss.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the line fiber connections are normal, whether the fibers are aged,
and whether the fiber connectors are clean.
Step 2 Check whether the insertion loss of the board is normal.

----End

Related Information
None

6.9 SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN
Description
The span loss is higher than the gain compensation value. This alarm is generated
when the actual span loss is larger than the power compensation value and the

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

difference between the two exceeds the specified threshold. It is reported on the
sink port of an inter-site OTS section.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


Service signals may be unstable, bit errors may increase, and even abnormal
performance may result.

Possible Causes
Because of incorrect adjustment, board faults, span fiber aged, and environment
temperature changes, the actual span loss becomes larger than the gain
compensation value and the difference between them exceeds the threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the line fiber connections are normal, whether the fibers are aged,
and whether the fiber connectors are clean.
Step 2 Check whether any VOA is not configured on the line. If yes, manually adjust the
VOA attenuation to the normal value.
Step 3 Check whether the alarm threshold is excessively low. If required, change the
threshold to an appropriated value according to the network plan and actual
network requirements. For details about the method of setting the alarm
thresholds, see 5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters. Among the
threshold parameters, Line Attenuation Compensation Threshold(dB) indicates
the threshold for the difference between the loss of optical transmission section
(OTS) and OA gain.
Step 4 Check whether the insertion loss of the board is normal.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Related Information

Table 6-3 Formulas for calculating the span line loss and gain compensation value
Scenario Span Line Loss Gain Compensation
Value

Only EDFA boards are Output optical power of Gain value of the
used at the two ends of the upstream OA board downstream OA board
a span line. – Input optical power of
the downstream OA
board

RAU boards are used in Output optical power of Gain of the Raman part
the downstream of a the upstream OA board of the downstream RAU
span line. – Input optical power of board + Gain of the
the EDFA part of the EDFA part of the
downstream RAU board downstream RAU board
+ Actual gain of the
Raman part of the
downstream RAU board
+ Optical power of the
inband noise introduced
by the Raman part of the
downstream RAU board

6.10 SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN\SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-
GAIN
Description
The span loss is lower than the gain compensation value. This alarm is generated
when the actual span loss is smaller than the power compensation value and the
difference between the two exceeds the specified threshold. It is reported on the
source port of the inter-site fiber connection on an OMS.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Impact on the System


Service signals may be unstable, bit errors may increase, and even abnormal
performance may result.

Possible Causes
Because of incorrect adjustment, board faults, span fiber aged, and environment
temperature changes, the actual span loss becomes smaller than the gain
compensation value and the difference between them exceeds the threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 Verify that the line fiber connections are normal.
Step 2 Check whether any VOA is not configured on the line. If yes, manually adjust the
VOA attenuation to the normal value.
Step 3 Check whether the alarm threshold is excessively low. If required, change the
threshold to an appropriated value according to the network plan and actual
network requirements. For details about the method of setting the alarm
thresholds, see 5.2.3 Setting Basic OD Monitoring Parameters. Among the
threshold parameters, Line Attenuation Compensation Threshold(dB) indicates
the threshold for the difference between the loss of optical transmission section
(OTS) and OA gain.
Step 4 Verify that the insertion loss of the board is normal.

----End

Related Information

Table 6-4 Formulas for calculating the span line loss and gain compensation value
Scenario Span Line Loss Gain Compensation
Value

Only EDFA boards are Output optical power of Gain value of the
used at the two ends of the upstream OA board downstream OA board
a span line. – Input optical power of
the downstream OA
board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Scenario Span Line Loss Gain Compensation


Value

RAU boards are used in Output optical power of Gain of the Raman part
the downstream of a the upstream OA board of the downstream RAU
span line. – Input optical power of board + Gain of the
the EDFA part of the EDFA part of the
downstream RAU board downstream RAU board
+ Actual gain of the
Raman part of the
downstream RAU board
+ Optical power of the
inband noise introduced
by the Raman part of the
downstream RAU board

6.11 OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED
Description
Unbalanced OSNR loss flatness alarm. This alarm is generated when the
difference between the OSNR loss of monitored wavelengths and the average loss
exceeds the threshold.

Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type

Minor Equipment alarm

Parameters
None

Impact on the System


If the single-wavelength OSNR loss is abnormal, service signals may be unstable
and the BER may increase. Then an alarm indicating excessively low or high path
optical power may occur and the performance may be abnormal.

Possible Causes
Because of abnormal wavelength attenuation adjustment and line condition
changes, the OSNR loss flatness of monitored wavelengths on an OMS is
abnormal.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 6 Alarm Description

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the boards and fiber connections are normal.
Step 2 Check whether the fiber loss has changed.
Step 3 Check whether there is a margin for single-wavelength attenuation adjustment.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Figure 7-1 shows the performance monitoring points corresponding to each


indicator.

Figure 7-1 WDM trail and optical performance monitoring point

7.1 OA Flatness
7.2 OSNR Loss Flatness
7.3 Single-Wavelength Output Power of OA Boards
7.4 Multiplexed Wavelength Output Power of OA Boards
7.5 OTS Gain Compensation Span Loss
7.6 OMS Gain Compensation Span Loss
7.7 Fiber Attenuation
7.8 Attenuation of EVOA Configured Behind an OA Board
7.9 OTU Pre-FEC BER
7.10 OTU Input Optical Power

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

7.1 OA Flatness
Table 7-1 OA flatness indicators
Item Description

Indica OA flatness
tor

Defini Difference between the single-wavelength output optical power of each


tion wavelength and the average value of each wavelength. The maximum
value is used.

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica Use the MCA to scan the single-wavelength output optical power of
tor each wavelength. The calculation method is as follows:
calcul ● The power of all wavelengths scanned by the MCA = Σ (P1+P2+...
ation +Pn). In the formula, Pi indicates the power of a single channel (unit:
meth mW).
od
● The modified single-wavelength optical power of the MCA board Pi =
Pi+ (total output power of the OA board – power of all wavelengths
scanned by the MCA). In the formula, Pi indicates the power of a
single channel (unit: dBm), The unit of total OA output optical
power and power of all wavelengths scanned by the MCA is dBm.
● Average power = (P1/W1+P2/W2+ … +Pn/Wn) x 50/N. In the
formula, Pi indicates the power of a single channel (unit: mW), Wi
indicates the channel spectrum width (unit: GHz). N indicates the
number of monitoring signal wavelengths (excluding the monitored
noise channel and non-monitoring channel).
● Flatness of each channel = (Pi/(Wi/50)) (mW to dBm) – Average
power (mW to dBm). In the formula, Pi/(Wi/50) indicates the actual
single-wavelength power of each channel, and Pi indicates the power
of a single channel (unit: mW). The unit of average power is mW.
● Flatness = Maximum value of absolute values of each channel
flatness
NOTE
The flatness is calculated based on formula after the power of all channels must
be converted to the same spectral width. That is, the actual single-wavelength
optical power is normalized. The calculation formula is as follows: If the channel
spectral widths are different, assume that the channel spectral widths before and
after conversion are A and B respectively, and the channel power before and after
conversion is Pa and Pb respectively, Pb = 10 x log10 (10^(Pa/10)/A x B).

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Indica ● Qualified: Flatness ≤ 3 dB


tor ● Unqualified: Flatness > 3 dB
criteri
NOTE
a For sub-carriers in the same super channel, the optical power flatness must be
less than or equal to 1 dB.

Evalu Only the OA boards that are connected to the MCA board in each OMS
ation span are evaluated. (This indicator can be used to evaluate the single-
range wavelength optical power of an OA board.)

Relat PWR_UNBALANCED
ed
alarm
s

Possi The line attenuation of different wavelengths is different. As a result,


ble the single-wavelength optical power of the monitored wavelength at
fault the optical power flatness monitoring point is not flat, and the
cause difference between the single-wavelength optical power and the
nominal single-wavelength optical power exceeds the threshold.

Handl ● Commission links.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Com Balance the flatness of the monitoring point to be less than 0.5 dB. The
missi evaluation range is as follows: Balance the OA at the monitoring point.
oning The monitoring point is preferentially selected based on the OPM.
requir 1. Check whether there is OPM in the middle, transmit end, and receive
emen end. If yes, the indicator is used.
ts
2. If there is no OPM, check whether there is LS in the middle, transmit
end, and receive end. If yes, the indicator is used.

7.2 OSNR Loss Flatness


Table 7-2 OSNR loss flatness indicators
Item Description

Indica OSNR loss flatness


tor

Defini Difference between the actual single-wavelength OSNR deterioration


tion and the average OSNR deterioration of each wavelength in an OMS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica ● Calculate the OSNR deterioration of each channel based on the


tor eMCA, and convert the OSNR deterioration of each channel to the
calcul same spectral width to obtain the single-wavelength OSNR
ation deterioration.
meth ● Average OSNR loss (dB) = (OSNR_Loss1 + OSNR_Loss2 + ... +
od OSNR_LossN)/N (OSNR_LossN needs to be calculated after being
converted to the same spectral width.)
● OSNR loss flatness (dB) = Max(|Single-wavelength OSNR
deterioration – Average OSNR deterioration|)
NOTE
● The flatness can be calculated using the preceding formula only after the
OSNR loss of all channels are converted to the same spectral width.
● If the spectral widths are inconsistent, calculate the desired OSNR loss
OSNR_Loss_b' according to the following formula: OSNR_Loss_b' = 10 x
log10(10^(OSNR_Loss_b/10)/A x B). A and B indicate the spectral widths
before and after conversion respectively. OSNR_Loss_b and OSNR_Loss_b'
indicate the OSNR loss before and after conversion respectively.

Alarm C80/96/C120 band


indica Qualified: flatness ≤ 2.5 dB
tor
Unqualified: flatness > 2.5 dB

Evalu During optical power equalization commissioning, OSNR loss is used


ation neither as a commissioning method nor an evaluation indicator.
range During OSNR loss commissioning, OSNR loss flatness is used as an
evaluation indicator. Evaluation scope: OMS (receive-end), the output
end of the last OA board that adds wavelengths locally, and the output
end of the last OA board that drops wavelengths locally.

Relat OSNR_LOSS_UNBALANCED
ed
alarm
s

Possi The line attenuation of different wavelengths is different. As a result,


ble the single-wavelength OSNR deterioration of the monitored
fault wavelengths at the OSNR flatness monitoring points is not flat, and the
cause difference between the single-wavelength OSNR deterioration and the
average OSNR deterioration exceeds the threshold.

Handl ● Enable the link optimization commissioning function of the OD.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Com Flatness of equalization monitoring points < 0.5 dB


missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.3 Single-Wavelength Output Power of OA Boards


Table 7-3 Single-wavelength output indicators of OA boards
Item Description

Indica Single-wavelength output of OA boards


tor

Defini Single-wavelength output optical power of the output port on an OA,


tion which is used to evaluate whether the single-wavelength output optical
power meets the requirement.

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica The nominal single-wavelength output optical power is determined by


tor the maximum output optical power of the OA and the channel
calcul spectrum width. The calculation formula is as follows:
ation ● Nominal single-wavelength output optical power = Maximum output
meth optical power of the OA – 10 x log10 (floor (Total spectrum width of
od the band/Channel spectrum width) x Number of subcarriers)
Band total spectrum width: C-band = 4000 GHz, C+ band = 4800
GHz
The calculation method in the Fix/Flex Grid system is the same. The
number of subcarriers of the Fix system is 1, and that of the Flex
Grid subcarrier ≥ 1.
The spectral width of SuperChannel is the total spectral width of
multiple subcarriers, for example, 200 GHz.
● Current single-wavelength output optical power = MCA scanned
single-wavelength optical power + OA MON split ratio + Fiber loss
between OA and MCA

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Indica Deviation = |Current single-wavelength output power – Target single-


tor wavelength output power|
criteri ● Qualified: Deviation ≤ 3 dB
a
● Unqualified: Deviation > 3 dB

Evalu All transmit-end OAs connected to the MCA


ation
range

Relat -
ed
alarm
s

Possi ● Cause 1: The fiber attenuation increases due to fiber aging, ambient
ble temperature changes, or board faults. As a result, the attenuation of
fault the fiber jumper between the OA and the MCA is large.
cause ● Cause 2: The adjustment is incorrect.

Handl ● Commission links.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Com Requirements for balancing all OAs at monitoring points: ≤ 0.5 dB


missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.4 Multiplexed Wavelength Output Power of OA


Boards
Table 7-4 Multiplexed wavelength output power of OA boards
Item Description

Indica Multiplexed wavelength output power of OA boards


tor

Defini Total output optical power of the OA board, which is used to evaluate
tion whether the multiplexed wavelength output optical power meets the
requirement.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica The formulas for calculating the multiplexed output optical power of
tor the OA board are as follows:
calcul ● Actual value of the multiplexed output optical power of the OA
ation board = 10*log10 (Sum of the corrected linear values of the actual
meth optical power of each channel scanned by the MCA) (unit: dBm)
od
● Nominal multiplexed-wavelength output optical power of the OA
board = 10*log10 (Sum of the nominal single-wavelength output
optical power of each channel) (Unit: dBm)
NOTE
If the Fix system or all channels have the same spectral width, the calculation
method can be simplified as follows: Nominal multiplexed-wavelength output
optical power of the OA board = Nominal single-wavelength output optical power
+ 10*log10 (N). N indicates the number of wavelengths on the current OA board.
● The formula for converting the channel power linear value and the
dB value is as follows: P (mW) = 10^(P(dBm)/10)

Indica Deviation = |Current multiplexed wavelength output power – Target


tor multiplexed wavelength output power|
criteri ● Qualified: Deviation ≤ 1.5 dB
a
● Unqualified: Deviation > 1.5 dB

Evalu The egress OA board at the transmit end of each OMS span is
ation connected to the MCA board.
range

Relat OA_OUT_PWR_ABN
ed
alarm
s

Possi ● Cause 1: The fiber attenuation increases due to fiber aging, ambient
ble temperature changes, or board faults.
fault ● Cause 2: The adjustment is incorrect.
cause

Handl ● Commission links.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Com OA board at the transmit end of the OMS: Deviation ≤ 0.5 dB


missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.5 OTS Gain Compensation Span Loss


Table 7-5 OTS gain compensation span loss
Item Description

Indica OTS gain compensation span loss


tor

Defini The span loss compensation indicates the compensation for the
tion inherent insertion loss of line fibers and line-side optical components
using the gain of an OA board. According to the commissioning
principle, the gain of the OA board should compensate for the span
attenuation. If the nominal single-wavelength output optical power of
the downstream OA board is different from that of the upstream OA
board, consider the nominal power difference (or the maximum output
engineering difference of the OA board).

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica Actual OA gain: Query the STD gain of the downstream OA board and
tor Raman amplifier board.
calcul ● (OA gain + Raman gain) target value = Span attenuation – Single-
ation wavelength nominal difference between upstream and downstream
meth OA boards
od
● Span attenuation = Actual output optical power of the upstream OA
board – (Actual input power of downstream OA – Raman in-band
noise) + Current Raman gain
● Single-wavelength nominal output optical power difference =
Nominal single-wavelength output optical power of the upstream
OA board – Nominal single-wavelength output optical power of the
downstream OA board

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Indica Deviation = |Actual OA gain – Target OA gain|


tor ● Qualified: Deviation ≤ 2
criteri
a ● Unqualified: Deviation > 2
Set the default indicator threshold to 2 dB. The threshold ranges from 1
dB to 3 dB.

Evalu Each OTS span


ation Forward and reverse optical fibers
range

Relat ● SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN
ed ● SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN
alarm
s ● MUT_LOS

Possi ● Cause 1: The fiber attenuation increases because the line fiber is
ble aged, the ambient temperature changes, or the board is faulty.
fault ● Cause 2: The adjustment is incorrect.
cause

Handl ● Commission links.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Com Deviation of each OTS section ≤ 0.5 dB


missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.6 OMS Gain Compensation Span Loss


Table 7-6 OMS gain compensation span loss
Item Description

Indica OMS gain compensation span loss


tor

Defini The compensation of gains of all OA boards in the OMS for the
tion inherent attenuation of the long fibers and line optical components of
all lines in the OMS.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica Actual OA gain = stdGain1 + ... + stdGainN (stdGain indicates the gain
tor of OUT port on each OA board)
calcul Target OA gain = Span attenuation 1+ ... + Span attenuation N – Single-
ation wavelength nominal difference of OA boards at the transmit and
meth receive ends
od
● Span loss = Output optical power of the upstream OA board – Input
optical power of the downstream OA board
● Single-wavelength nominal difference of the OA board at the
transmit and receive ends = Single-wavelength nominal output
optical power of the transmit-end OA board – Single-wavelength
nominal output optical power of the receive-end OA board

Indica Deviation = |Actual OA gain – Target OA gain|


tor ● Qualified: Deviation ≤ 2
criteri
a ● Unqualified: Deviation > 2
Set the default indicator threshold to 2 dB. The threshold ranges from 1
dB to 3 dB.

Evalu Each OMS span


ation Forward and reverse optical fibers
range

Relat ● OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN
ed ● MUT_LOS
alarm
s

Possi ● Cause 1: The fiber attenuation increases because the line fiber is
ble aged, the ambient temperature changes, or the board is faulty.
fault ● Cause 2: The adjustment is incorrect.
cause

Handl ● Commission links.


ing ● Manually check whether the board or fiber connection is normal,
sugge whether the fiber attenuation is normal, and whether the
stion attenuation margin of the attenuator is sufficient.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Com Deviation of each OMS ≤ 0.5 dB


missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.7 Fiber Attenuation


Table 7-7 Fiber attenuation indicators
Item Description

Indica Fiber attenuation


tor

Defini Fiber attenuation between two sites


tion

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica Fiber attenuation EOL value: EOL value of the fiber attenuation on the
tor NMS.
calcul Actual fiber attenuation = Actual output optical power of the upstream
ation multiplexed wavelength – (Actual input optical power of the
meth downstream multiplexed wavelength – Noise power of the Raman
od board) – EVOA attenuation – Inherent attenuation of the board +
Current gain of the Raman board
● If there are multiple EVOAs between the upstream OA and the
downstream OA, the EVOA attenuation must contain all EVOAs.
● The inherent attenuation must include the inherent attenuation on
FIU and OLP boards between two power detection points.
● If there is no OA board in the upstream or downstream direction, the
optical power of the multiplexing port on the multiplexer/
demultiplexer board can be used for calculation.
Fiber attenuation reference value = Fiber length x Fiber attenuation
coefficient + Number of hop nodes x Attenuation coefficient of the hop
nodes. The fiber length, fiber attenuation coefficient, number of hop
nodes, and hop node attenuation coefficient are imported by users
through the template.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Indica Deviation = Actual fiber attenuation – EOL


tor ● Qualified: Deviation ≤ 0
criteri
a ● Unqualified: Deviation > 0
Set the indicator default threshold to 0 dB.

Evalu Each OTS span


ation Forward and reverse optical fibers
range

Relat SPAN_LOSS_EXCEED_EOL
ed
alarm
s

Possi The line fiber is aged, the ambient temperature changes, and the line
ble attenuation is too large. As a result, the difference between the line
fault attenuation and the reference value is greater than the EOL value.
cause

Handl 1. Check whether the fiber connection of the line is normal, whether
ing the fiber is aged, and whether the fiber connector is dirty.
sugge 2. Check whether the board insertion loss is normal.
stion

Com Deviation ≤ 0
missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.8 Attenuation of EVOA Configured Behind an OA


Board
Table 7-8 Attenuation of EVOA configured behind an OA board
Item Description

Indica EVOA configured behind an OA board


tor

Defini Attenuation value of EVOA configured behind an OA board at the site.


tion It is used to evaluate whether the EVOA setting meets the incident
optical power requirement.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica Target incident optical power: Obtain the value based on the fiber type,
tor OCh rate modulation format, and channel spectrum width.
calcul ● Target value of the EVOA configured behind an OA board = Nominal
ation single-wavelength output optical power of the upstream OA – Target
meth value of the incident optical power – Fixed attenuation of the
od FIU/OLP board
The inherent attenuation includes the inherent attenuation of all
wavelengths, such as FIU/OLP, between the OA and the long fiber
ingress.
● Actual value of the EVOA configured behind an OA board: Query the
attenuation of the EVOA configured behind the device.

Indica The incident optical power is not used as an indicator for evaluation. It
tor is only used for commissioning calculation. The following formula is
criteri used to calculate the incident optical power:
a Deviation = Actual value of the EVOA configured behind an OA board –
Target value of the EVOA configured behind an OA board
● Qualified: Deviation ≥ 0
● Unqualified: Deviation < 0
The permitted range of the incident optical power is as follows: |
Incident optical power| ≤ 10 dBm. (The absolute value is less than or
equal to 10 dBm.)

Evalu Each OTS span and forward and reverse optical fibers are separately
ation evaluated.
range

Relat -
ed
alarm
s

Possi ● Cause 1: The adjustment of EVOA configured behind an OA board is


ble incorrect.
fault ● Cause 2: The OA configuration is incorrect.
cause

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Handl Check whether the setting of the EVOA configured behind an OA board
ing is normal. (The incident optical power does not have an independent
sugge monitoring point. Only the EVOA configured behind the OA board is
stion monitored.)
Check whether the OA configuration is correct.
If the configuration is abnormal (such as EVOA3), perform the
following operations:
1. Adjust the output optical power of the OA board according to the
target power. Adjust the EVOA1 configured behind the upstream OA
board and the EVOA2 configured before the current OA board. If the
adjustment fails, adjust the gain of the current OA board.
2. Check whether the EVOA3 configured behind the current OA is
proper.
3. If the attenuation value of the EVOA3 cannot be adjusted to the
target value, an alarm is reported.

Com Deviation ≥ 0
missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

7.9 OTU Pre-FEC BER


Table 7-9 OTU Pre-FEC BER indicator
Item Description

Indica OTU Pre-FEC BER


tor

Defini Pre-FEC BER of the receive signals of an OTU board.


tion

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Indica The current value of the pre-FEC BER is obtained through performance.
tor The pre-FEC BER threshold is automatically calculated based on the FEC
calcul type.
ation
meth
od

Indica ● Qualified: Current pre-FEC BER value ≤ Threshold


tor ● Unqualified: Current pre-FEC BER value > Threshold
criteri
a

Evalu The WDM-side ports on each OTU board are evaluated.


ation
range

Relat BEFFEC_EXC
ed
alarm
s

Possi ● Cause 1: The receive optical power of the OTU board is too low.
ble ● Cause 2: The adjustment of the upstream OA board is abnormal.
fault
cause

Handl For cause 1 and cause 2, perform the following steps:


ing 1. Check whether the FOA configuration or EVOA setting before the
sugge OTU is proper.
stion
2. Check whether the output optical power of the upstream OA board
meets the requirement.
3. If the total output of the optical amplifier meets the requirements,
check whether the single-wavelength equalization is abnormal
through the MCA.

Com -
missi
oning
requir
emen
ts

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

7.10 OTU Input Optical Power


Table 7-10 Input optical power of the OTU board
Item Description

Indica OTU input optical power


tor

Defini Input optical power of the WDM-side port on the OTU board. It is used
tion to evaluate whether the input optical power is within the threshold
range.

Sche
matic
diagr
am

Indica The input optical power and threshold of the OTU board are obtained
tor from the NE.
calcul
ation
meth
od

Indica ● Qualified: The input optical power of the OTU board is within the
tor range of [Low input optical power alarm threshold + 3 dB, High
criteri input optical power alarm threshold – 3 dB].
a ● Unqualified: The input optical power of the OTU board is not within
the range of [Low input optical power alarm threshold + 3 dB, High
input optical power alarm threshold – 3 dB].

Evalu The WDM-side ports on each OTU board are evaluated.


ation
range

Relat ● IN_PWR_HIGH
ed ● IN_PWR_LOW
alarm
s ● R_LOS

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 7 Optical Power Indicators Analysis

Item Description

Possi Excessively high optical power:


ble ● Cause 1: The output power of the upstream board is too high.
fault
cause ● Cause 2: The upstream board that reports this alarm is faulty.
Low optical power:
● Cause 1: Fiber connectors are contaminated, pigtail bend radius is
too large, the pigtails are loose, incorrectly connected, damaged or
aged.
● Cause 2: An excessive optical attenuator is added to the receive
optical port of the board that reports the alarm.
● Cause 3: Optical signals are excessively attenuated during
transmission without enough optical amplification compensation. Or
fiber cut occurs.
● Cause 4: An excessively large attenuator is added to the transmit
optical port of the board at the opposite site or the laser is shut
down.
● Cause 5: The transmit module of the board at the opposite station or
the receive module of the board at the local station is faulty.

Handl ● Commission links or manually check.


ing ● Check whether indicators on each power point meet the
sugge requirements from downstream to upstream. Check whether the
stion fixed attenuator configuration, EVOA configuration, OA
configuration, and optical power equalization meet the
specifications. If not, adjust the indicators.
● If the fiber connector is contaminated, the pigtail is abnormal, or the
board is faulty, replace the faulty component.

Com ● Qualified: The input optical power of the OTU board is within the
missi range of [Low input optical power alarm threshold + 3 dB, High
oning input optical power alarm threshold – 3 dB].
requir ● Unqualified: The input optical power of the OTU board is not within
emen the range of [Low input optical power alarm threshold + 3 dB, High
ts input optical power alarm threshold – 3 dB].

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

8 Reference Operations

This section provides reference operations for optical doctor system.


8.1 Setting the Fiber Type and Design Fiber Loss (EOL) (dB)
8.2 Setting Incident Optical Power on NCE
8.3 Setting Optical Amplifier Information
8.4 Deleting an ALC Link
8.5 Deleting an APE Pair
8.6 View Optimization Records

8.1 Setting the Fiber Type and Design Fiber Loss (EOL)
(dB)
On the OD view, you can set the design fiber loss EOL and fiber type for one or
more inter-site fiber connections.

Prerequisites
You are an NMS user with Maintainer Group authority or higher.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from the
main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor window
is displayed.

Step 2 Select one or more desired fibers between sites, right-click, and choose Setting
Fiber Parameter.

Step 3 Set the design EOL value.

Two setting modes are available: manual and automatic.

● Manual mode: In the Setting Fiber Parameter window that is displayed,


double-click EOL(dB) of the required fiber to set the EOL value and click OK.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

● Automatic mode:
a. Select the required fiber for which the EOL value needs to be set.
b. Click Query Current Attenuation to query the current attenuation of the
fiber.
NOTE

If attenuation is not queried before or the attenuation query fails, Current


Attenuation(dB) is displayed as -.
c. Click Calculate EOL Value to set EOL Margin(dB).

d. Click OK. The OD automatically calculates the EOL value and updates the
value in EOL(dB).
NOTE

The following formula is used to automatically calculate the attenuation EOL: Attenuation
EOL = Current attenuation + EOL margin
● If the calculated EOL value is out of permitted range, the maximum value 85.0 is used
as the EOL value.
● If the current attenuation of a fiber is -, the EOL value is not updated.

Step 4 Optional: Double-click Medium Type of a fiber to change the fiber type, and click
OK.
NOTE

The following fiber types can be set: G.651, G.652, G.652A, G.652B, G.652C, G.652D, G.653,
G.654A, G.654B, G.655-LEAF, G.655-TWRS, G.655-TWC, G.655-TW+, G.655-LS, G.656, G.657,
TERA_LIGHT.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

8.2 Setting Incident Optical Power on NCE


In a coherent system, when the single-wavelength incident optical power of the
transmission fiber is less than the nominal single-wavelength output power of the
egress OA board at the transmit end, set Launch Power for the egress OA board
at the transmit end.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● Commissioning inter-NE optical paths has been completed.
● An EVOA is deployed in the transmit direction of the egress OA board at the
transmit end.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Background Information
For the value of Launch Power supported by each fiber type, see the following
tables.
When Launch Power is less than Nominal single-wavelength output optical
power, set Launch Power for the egress OA board at the transmit end according
to the following procedure.

NOTICE

The incident optical power described in the following tables is the power at point
C. The commissioning tool uses point B as the reference point. Power at point B =
Power at power C + 0.5 dB. 0.5 dB indicates the FIU insertion loss.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Table 8-1 Incident optical power specifications of OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800 in


the C band
Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS TWC
Spectru
m
Width
of Each
Modulat
ion
Format

M Cha Mai (Hi (Lo Mai ( ( M ( ( M ( ( M ( (


o nnel nstr gh) w) nstr H L ai H L ai H L ai H L
d Spec eam Spe Spe ea ig o n ig o n ig o n ig o
ul tru Inci cial cial m h w st h w st h w st h w
at m dent Inci Inci Inci ) ) r ) ) r ) ) r ) )
io Wid Opti den den den S S e S S e S S e S S
n th cal t t t p p a p p a p p a p p
F (GH Pow Opt Opt Opt e e m e e m e e m e e
o z) er ical ical ical ci ci I ci ci I ci ci I ci ci
r (dB Pow Pow Po al al n al al n al al n al al
m m) er er wer I I ci I I ci I I ci I I
at (dB (dB (dB n n d n n d n n d n n
m) m) m) ci ci e ci ci e ci ci e ci ci
d d n d d n d d n d d
e e t e e t e e t e e
n n O n n O n n O n n
t t p t t p t t p t t
O O ti O O ti O O ti O O
p p c p p c p p c p p
ti ti al ti ti al ti ti al ti ti
c c P c c P c c P c c
al al o al al o al al o al al
P P w P P w P P w P P
o o e o o e o o e o o
w w r w w r w w r w w
e e ( e e ( e e ( e e
r r d r r d r r d r r
( ( B ( ( B ( ( B ( (
d d m d d m d d m d d
B B ) B B ) B B ) B B
m m m m m m m m
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

4 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 - - - - - - - - - - -


0 3. 7. 5. 2. 4. 2. 4.
G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
e
P
D
M
-

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS TWC


Spectru
m
Width
of Each
Modulat
ion
Format

B 100 3.5 - 0.5 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


P 5 0 7. 5. 2. 4. 2. 4.
S 0 0 0 0 0 0
K

1 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 0. - - - - - 0. - - 0. -


0 5 3. 7. 5. 1 2. 5 4. 2. 5 4.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
G
e 100 3.5 6.5 0.5 2.0 3. 0. - - - 1. 3. - 1. 3. -
P 5 0 7. 5. 1 0 5 1. 0 5 1.
D 0 0 0 0 0
M 200 -0.5 2.5 - -2.0 - - - - - - - - - - -
- (5 x 0. 4.
Q 37.5 5 0
P sub-
S wav
K elen
gth)

2 200 -0.5 2.5 - -2.0 - - - - - - - - - - -


0 (5 x 0. 4.
0 37.5 5 0
G sub-
1 wav
6 elen
Q gth)
A
M 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 0. - - - - - - - - - -
5 3.
0

100 3.5 6.5 0.5 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


5 0

2 75 2.3 5.3 - 0.8 2. - - - - - - - - - -


0 3 1.
0 2
G
Q 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -
P 5 0
S
K

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS TWC


Spectru
m
Width
of Each
Modulat
ion
Format

2 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 0. - - - - - - - - - -


0 5 3.
0 0
G
8 62.5 1.4 4.4 - -0.1 1. - - - - - - - - - -
Q 4 2.
A 1
M

2 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 0. - - - - - - - - - -


0 5 3.
0 0
G
e 75 2.3 5.3 - 0.8 2. - - - - - - - - - -
1 3 1.
6 2
Q 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -
A 5 0
M

2 200 -0.5 2.5 - -2.0 - - - - - - - - - - -


0 (5 x 0. 4.
0 37.5 5 0
G sub-
1 wav
6 elen
Q gth)
A
M 50 0.5 3.5 - -1.0 0. - - - - - - - - - -
- 5 3.
H 0

100 3.5 6.5 0.5 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


5 0

2 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


0 5 0
0
G
D
Q
P
S
K

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS TWC


Spectru
m
Width
of Each
Modulat
ion
Format

4 75 2.3 5.3 - 0.8 2. - - - - - - - - - -


0 3 1.
0 2
G
1 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -
6 5 0
Q
A
M

4 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


0 5 0
0
G
s
1
6
Q
A
M

6 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


0 5 0
0
G
1
6
Q
A
M

8 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


0 5 0
0
G
e
6
4
Q
A
M

8 100 3.5 6.5 - 2.0 3. 0. - - - - - - - - -


0 5 0
0

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS TWC


Spectru
m
Width
of Each
Modulat
ion
Format

G 112. 4.1 7.1 - 2.6 4. 0. - - - - - - - - -


6 5 1 6
4
Q
A

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Table 8-2 Incident optical power specifications of OSN 8800/6800/3800/9800 in


the extended C band
Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS
Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

Mo Chann Mainst (High (Low) M ( (Lo M ( (L M ( (L


dul el ream ) Speci ai H w) ai Hi o ai Hi o
ati Spectr Incide Speci al ns i Sp ns g w ns g w
on um nt al Incide tr g eci tr h) ) tr h) )
For Width Optica Incide nt ea h al ea S S ea S S
ma (GHz) l nt Optic m ) Inc m p p m p p
t Power Optic al In S ide In ec ec In ec ec
(dBm) al Powe ci p nt ci ial ial ci ial ial
Powe r d e Op d In In d In In
r (dBm e c tic e ci ci e ci ci
(dBm ) nt i al nt d d nt d d
) O a Po O e e O e e
pt l we pt nt nt pt nt nt
ic I r ic O O ic O O
al n (d al pt pt al pt pt
P c Bm P ic ic P ic ic
o i ) o al al o al al
w d w P P w P P
er e er o o er o o
(d n (d w w (d w w
B t B er er B er er
m O m (d (d m (d (d
) p ) B B ) B B
ti m m m m
c ) ) ) )
a
l
P
o
w
e
r
(
d
B
m
)

40 50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. -7 -5 - -2 1. -4


G .0 . 0 .0 .0 .0 2 .0
eP 2
D
M-

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

BP 100 4.2 6.5 1.2 2. 4 0.0 -7 -5 - -2 1. -4


SK 0 . .0 .0 .0 2 .0
2

10 50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. -7 -5 -1 -2 1. -4


0G .0 . 0 .0 .0 0 .0 2 .0
eP 2
D
M- 100 4.2 6.5 1.2 2. 4 0.0 -7 -5 -1 1. 4. -1
QP 0 . .0 .0 0 0 2 .0
SK 2

200 (5 0.2 2.5 - -2 0 -4. - - - - - -


x 37.5 .0 . 0
sub- 2
wavele
ngth)

20 200 (5 0.2 2.5 - -2 - -4. - - - - - -


0G x 37.5 .0 0 0
16 sub- .
QA wavele 2
M ngth)

50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. - - - - - -


.0 . 0
2

100 4.2 6.5 1.2 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0 .
2

20 75 2.9 5.2 - 0. 2 -1. - - - - - -


0G 8 . 2
QP 9
SK
100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -
0 .
2

20 50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. - - - - - -


0G .0 . 0
8Q 2
AM
62.5 2.2 4.5 - -0 2 -2. - - - - - -
.1 . 1
2

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

20 50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. - - - - - -


0G .0 . 0
e16 2
QA
M 75 2.9 5.2 - 0. 2 -1. - - - - - -
8 . 2
9

100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0 .
2

20 200 (5 0.2 2.5 - -2 0 -4. - - - - - -


0G x 37.5 .0 . 0
16 sub- 2
QA wavele
M- ngth)
H
50 1.2 3.5 - -1 1 -3. - - - - - -
.0 . 0
2

100 4.2 6.5 1.2 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0 .
2

40 75 2.9 5.2 - 0. 2 -1. - - - - - -


0G 8 . 2
16 9
QA
M 100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -
0 .
2

40 100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0G 0 .
s16 2
QA
M

60 100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0G 0 .
16 2
QA
M

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

80 100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0G 0 .
e64 2
QA
M

80 100 4.2 6.5 - 2. 4 0.0 - - - - - -


0G 0 .
64 2
QA
M 112.5 4.8 7.1 - 2. 4 0.6 - - - - - -
6 .
8

NOTE

The special incident optical power (Low) is the incident optical power lower than the
mainstream incident optical power. The purpose is to reduce the non-linear effect.
The special incident optical power (High) is higher than the incident optical power of the
mainstream optical power. The purpose is to improve the OSNR. For example: In the case of
G.652 fibers, set this parameter to OAU105 or OAU107.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Table 8-3 Incident optical power specifications of OSN 1800 in the C band (only
for DAP)
Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS
Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

Mo Chann Mainst (High (Low) M ( (L M ( (L M ( (L


dul el ream ) Speci ai Hi o ai Hi o ai Hi o
ati Spectr Incide Speci al ns g w ns g w ns g w
on um nt al Incide tr h) ) tr h) ) tr h) )
For Width Optica Incide nt ea S S ea S S ea S S
ma (GHz) l nt Optic m p p m p p m p p
t Power Optic al In ec ec In ec ec In ec ec
(dBm) al Powe ci ial ial ci ial ial ci ial ial
Powe r d In In d In In d In In
r (dBm e ci ci e ci ci e ci ci
(dBm ) nt d d nt d d nt d d
) O e e O e e O e e
pt nt nt pt nt nt pt nt nt
ic O O ic O O ic O O
al pt pt al pt pt al pt pt
P ic ic P ic ic P ic ic
o al al o al al o al al
w P P w P P w P P
er o o er o o er o o
(d w w (d w w (d w w
B er er B er er B er er
m (d (d m (d (d m (d (d
) B B ) B B ) B B
m m m m m m
) ) ) ) ) )

10 50 0.5 3.5 - -1 0. -3 -7 -5 -1 -2 0. -4
0G .0 5 .0 .0 .0 0 .0 5 .0
eP
D 100 3.5 6.5 0.5 2. 3. 0. -7 -5 -1 1. 3. -1
M- 0 5 0 .0 .0 0 0 5 .0
QP 200 (5 -0.5 2.5 - -2 -0 -4 - - - - - -
SK x 37.5 .0 .5 .0
sub-
wavele
ngth)

20 50 0.5 3.5 - -1 0. -3 - - - - - -
0G .0 5 .0
16
QA 100 3.5 6.5 0.5 2. 3. 0. - - - - - -
M 0 5 0

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

200 (5 -0.5 2.5 - -2 -0 -4 - - - - - -


x 37.5 .0 .5 .0
sub-
wavele
ngth)

Table 8-4 Incident optical power specifications of OSN 1800 in the C band (for
OBU and OPU)
Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS
Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

Mo Numb Mainst (High (Low) M ( (L M ( (L M ( (L


dul er of ream ) Speci ai Hi o ai Hi o ai Hi o
ati Wavel Incide Speci al ns g w ns g w ns g w
on engths nt al Incide tr h) ) tr h) ) tr h) )
For Optica Incide nt ea S S ea S S ea S S
ma l nt Optic m p p m p p m p p
t Power Optic al In ec ec In ec ec In ec ec
(dBm) al Powe ci ial ial ci ial ial ci ial ial
Powe r d In In d In In d In In
r (dBm e ci ci e ci ci e ci ci
(dBm ) nt d d nt d d nt d d
) O e e O e e O e e
pt nt nt pt nt nt pt nt nt
ic O O ic O O ic O O
al pt pt al pt pt al pt pt
P ic ic P ic ic P ic ic
o al al o al al o al al
w P P w P P w P P
er o o er o o er o o
(d w w (d w w (d w w
B er er B er er B er er
m (d (d m (d (d m (d (d
) B B ) B B ) B B
m m m m m m
) ) ) ) ) )

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

2.5 40- 3.5 - - - - - - - - - - -


G wavele
SFP ngth
OBU

40- 0.5 - - 0. - - -5 - - - - -
wavele 5 .0
ngth
OPU

16- 4.5 - - 4. - - -4 - - - - -
wavele 5 .0
ngth
OPU

8- 7.5 - - - - - - - - - - -
wavele
ngth
OPU

10 80- 0.5 - - - - - -7 - - - - -
G wavele .0
NR ngth
Z OBU

40- 3.5 - - - - - -5 - - - - -
wavele .0
ngth
OBU

40- 0.5 - - 0. - - -5 - - - - -
wavele 5 .0
ngth
OPU

16- 4.5 - - 4. - - -4 - - - - -
wavele 5 .0
ngth
OPU

10 80- 0.5 - - 0. - -1 - - - - - -
0G wavele 5 .0
eP ngth
D OBU
M-
QP
SK
(hy

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Channel G.652 LEAF G.653 TWRS


Spectrum
Width of
Each
Modulation
Format

bri 40- 3.5 - - 3. - 2. - - - - - -


d wavele 5 0
tra ngth
ns OBU
mis
sio
n)

10 80- 0.5 - - -1 0. - - - - - - -
0G wavele .0 5
eP ngth
D OBU
M-
QP 40- 3.5 - - 2. - - - - - - - -
SK wavele 0
(Co ngth
her OBU
ent
)

20 80- 0.5 - - -1 0. - - - - - - -
0G wavele .0 5
16 ngth
QA OBU
M
40- 3.5 - - 2. - - - - - - - -
wavele 0
ngth
OBU

Table 8-5 Requirements on Incident Optical Power of the 10 Gbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s
single-wavelength system

Modul Numb G.652 LEAF TWRS G.653 TW-C TW+ SMF-


e Type er of LS
Wavel
ength
s

N/A 40 +4/+7 +4/+7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

80 +4/+7 +4/+7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

NRZ 40 +4/+7 +4/+7 +2/+4 -5/-4 +2/+4 -1/+1 -3/-3

80 +1/+4 +1/+4 -1/+1 -7/-6 -1/+1 -1/+1 -3/-3

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Modul Numb G.652 LEAF TWRS G.653 TW-C TW+ SMF-


e Type er of LS
Wavel
ength
s

(D)RZ 40 +4/+7 +4/+7 +2/+4 -5/-4 +2/+4 +1/+1 -3/-3

80 +1/+4 +1/+4 -1/+1 -7/-6 -1/+1 -1/+1 -3/-3

The optical power listed in the table is expressed in dBm.

Table 8-6 Requirements on Incident Optical Power of the 40 Gbit/s non-coherent


transmission system
Modul Numb G.652 LEAF TWRS G.653 TW-C TW+ SMF-
e Type er of LS
Wavel
ength
s

40G 40 +4/+7 +4/+7 N/A N/A +4/+7 N/A N/A


ODB
80 +1/+4 +1/+4 N/A N/A +1/+4 N/A N/A

40G 40 +4/+7 +2/+4 +2/+4 -5/-5 +2/+4 +1/+1 -1/-1


DQPS
K 80 +1/+4 +1/+4 +1/+4 -5/-5 +1/+4 -1/+1 -2/-2

The optical power listed in the table is expressed in dBm, and is applicable to
optical amplifiers with total output optical power of 20 dBm.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Commissioning Difference Between the Coherent and Non-coherent


Transmission Systems

Table 8-7 Commissioning difference between the coherent and non-coherent


transmission systems
Transmi Non-standard Fiber Access Standard Fiber Access
ssion
System

Cohere
nt
system

Non-
coheren
t
system

: Incident optical power reference point

: Incident optical power adjustment point

: Input optical power adjustment point of the receive-end OA board at the


downstream site
NOTE
a: On a practical coherent network, the position where the EVOA at the input optical power
adjustment point of the receive-end OA board at a site is located is determined by the
actual network design. If the EVOA is located at the receive end of the downstream site,
the commissioning method is the same as that in a non-coherent transmission system.
NOTE
The figures describe the commissioning difference between the coherent and non-coherent
transmission systems in a signal flow, and in the opposite direction they are the same way.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Procedure
Step 1 Select the NE housing the egress OA board at the transmit end and start the NE
Explorer. Select the OA board and, in the navigation tree, choose Configuration >
WDM Interface.

Step 2 Click the By Board/Port(Channel) option button and then the Advanced
Attributes tab. Select the associated port on the OA board and correctly set
Launch Power.

Step 3 Click Apply to apply the setting to the OA board.

----End

8.3 Setting Optical Amplifier Information


To ensure that the optical power is more accurately commissioned, you can set the
attributes of specific OA boards such as the rate, code type, and system
wavelengths based on the practical networking scenario.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the "Maintainer Group" or higher permission.
● The subnet parameter is set.
● Commissioning trails are filtered.
● The designed rate, modulation format, and maximum number of system
wavelengths for specific OAs have been obtained from the network design
document before the configuration.

Context
Set commissioning information for specific OAs based on actual network
parameters as follows:

● When both 40-wavelength and 80-wavelength systems are configured in a


subnet to be commissioned, set the maximum number of system wavelengths
for OAs based on the type of the system.
● When NEs on different subnets are interconnected and the values of System
Wavelengths, Rate, and Code Type for the subnets are inconsistent, the
three parameters need to be set in the Set OA Info window for boards on the
NE of a subnet so that the parameter values are consistent with the
parameter values on the interconnected subnet.
● The value of Launch Power queried in the Set OA Info window is the launch
power set on NCE. If the value of Launch Power is displayed as /, the NMS
data may not be synchronized or this parameter is not set for the board on
NCE. In this scenario, you are advised to perform the following operations:
a. Synchronize NMS data.
b. If the value of Launch Power is still displayed as /, set Launch Power for
the board in the Set OA Info window.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

NOTE

● To use the OD function, ensure that the Launch Power parameter is set.
● During launch power commissioning, the Launch Power value set for the board will be
preferentially used. If Launch Power is not set for the board, ensure that other OA
parameters including System Wavelengths, Rate, Code Type, and Fiber Type are
correct. If other parameters are properly set, the system can automatically calculate the
launch power based on the settings of other OA parameters to ensure accurate launch
power commissioning.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Commissioning Trail
Management from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app.

Step 2 In Set Trail Filter Criteria window, select the desired filter criteria and click Filter
All or Incremental Filter.
NOTE

● If you need to filter all the trails, click Filter All.


● If you need to add to the list more trails that match the requirement, click Incremental
Filter.

NOTE

You can also click Subnet Settings tab to filter the subnets.

Step 3 The desired filtering OCh trails are displayed in the WDM Trail Performance
Commissioning.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Step 4 In the WDM Trail Performance Commissioning window, select the desired trails,
and click Set OA Info.
NOTE

You can also select and right-click an OA board in the signal flow in Trail Details, and
choose Set OA Info from the shortcut menu.

Step 5 In the Set OA Info window, set the system wavelengths, rate, code type, and
launch power for specific OAs based on actual networking requirements.
1. Set System Wavelengths of each OA board.

2. Select one or more boards and click Calculate. The Wavelength Spectral
Width, Rate, Code Type, and Recommended Launch Power columns are
displayed.

NOTE

Set Wavelength Spectral Width according to the planned spectrum width, rate, and
code pattern. For details about the incident optical power specifications in different
configurations, see 8.2 Setting Incident Optical Power on NCE.
To perform batch setting, select multiple boards, right-click a parameter column, and
choose the desired value.
3. Set Rate and Code Type of the egress OA board at the transmit end.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

NOTE

– In the high-power fiber access scenario, Launch Power must be set.


– The value of Launch Power is a floating-point number ranging from –10.0 to 10.0.
– In case of 8.2 Setting Incident Optical Power on NCE, the launch power of the
related OA board will be automatically displayed after NMS data synchronization.
4. Optional: Click Use Recommended Launch Power. The value of
Recommended Launch Power in the selected record will be used as the
value of Launch Power.
Step 6 Click Apply.
Step 7 Click OK to close the Set OA Info window.

----End

8.4 Deleting an ALC Link


This section describes how to delete an ALC link from a network containing WDM
equipment.

Prerequisites
You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" authority or higher.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Transport Network > WDM Configuration > WDM ALC
Management from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The
WDM ALC Management window is displayed.
Step 2 In the WDM ALC Management window, click the NG WDM and NG WDM Link
Information tabs.
Step 3 On the left of the NG WDM Link Information tab page, right-click the desired
link ID and choose Delete Link from the shortcut menu.

Step 4 In the Confirm dialog box, click Yes.

----End

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

8.5 Deleting an APE Pair


This section describes how to delete an APE pair from a network containing WDM
equipment.

Prerequisites
You are an NMS user with "Operator Group" authority or higher.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Procedure
Step 1 In the NE Explorer, select the NE. In the navigation tree, choose Configuration >
Optical Power Equilibrium.

Step 2 Click Query.

Step 3 Select an APE pair that has been created and click Delete. In the dialog box that is
displayed, click Confirm.

----End

8.6 View Optimization Records


After the main optical paths of OMSs are completed on a device, you can query
the adjustment status of each adjusted object in all optimization processes, and
also export a report to view the span performance comparison data before and
after adjustment and adjustment volume comparison data of the adjusted objects.

Prerequisites
● You are an NMS user with the Maintainer Group or higher permission.
● The main optical paths of OMSs on the equipment have been optimized.

Tools, Equipment, and Materials


NCE

Procedure
Step 1 Enter the commissioning record window.
● Method 1: In Alarm Info of the OD main window, select and right-click
SPAN_LOSS_UPPER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-UPPER-GAIN,
SPAN_LOSS_LOWER_GAIN \ SPAN-LOSS-LOWER-GAIN, or
OMS_LOSS_ACCUM_ABN \ OMS-LOSS-ACCUM-ABN, and choose View
Optimization Record from the shortcut menu.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

● Method 2: Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management >


Commissioning Record from the main menu on the NCE Network
Management app.
● Method 3: In the physical topology, select an inter-site fiber and choose View
Optimization Records in the right pane.

● Method 4: Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical


Doctor from the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. On the
Optical Doctor tab page, right-click an inter-site fiber and choose View
Optimization Records from the shortcut menu.

● Method 5: In the WDM Trail Performance Commissioning window, select an


OMS trail and choose Performance > View Optimization Records.

Step 2 Click Link Optimization Commissioning tab. In the Set OMS Filter Criteria
window, select search criteria and click Filter ALL or Incremental Filter.
NOTE

● If you click Filter ALL, all the trails meeting the conditions will be displayed.
● If you click Incremental Filter, the filters that are newly filtered out will be added after
the displayed trails.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

NOTE

You can also click Subnet Settings tab to filter the subnets.

Step 3 In the Link Optimization Commissioning area, select a desired OMS. You can
view its routes at the bottom of the OMS list.

NOTE

● To zoom out on a routing diagram, click .

● To zoom in on a routing diagram, click .

● To zoom in on the routing diagram within a specific scope, click , hold the left-
mouse button on the routing diagram, and drag the mouse to select a routing area.

● To display a routing diagram by the default percentage, click .


● To automatically display a routing diagram by an appropriate percentage based on the
window size, click .

● To unfold or fold the legend panel on the right of a routing diagram, click . The
legend panel is folded by default. You can view legend descriptions after unfolding the
legend panel.

● To save the current routing diagram, click .

Step 4 Click Synchronize to synchronize the main optical path optimization


commissioning records from the equipment side. The synchronized records are
displayed in the Commissioning Record area.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Step 5 In the Commissioning Record area, select a commissioning record to view details.
● If Result of a commissioning record is Completed, the optimization
commissioning is successful. In the Commissioning Details area on the right
side, you can view the adjusted object of the main optical path optimization
commissioning, and the details about the adjustment of the attenuation, gain
(including the nominal Raman gain), and optical power.

NOTE

If the value of Value(After Commissioning) is /, data is lost.


● If Result of a commissioning record is Failed, the optimization commissioning
fails. You can click the Failed link to view details about the error.

Step 6 Export a comparison report to view the span performance comparison data before
and after adjustment and adjustment volume comparison data of the adjusted
object.
1. In the Commissioning Details area, click Compare Report.
2. Set a path for saving the report, and click Generate.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

3. Check the generated comparison report in the specified path.


– Commissioning Information lists the basic information about the
optimization commissioning.

– Span Loss Comparison lists the performance comparison data of each


OTS in the OMS involved in the optimization commissioning.

NOTE

The light blue row in the preceding figure provides information about the OMS
involved in the optimization commissioning, including the source and sink boards
of the OMS.
– Adjustment Value Comparison lists the adjusted volume comparison
data of each adjustment point in the OMS.

----End

Parameters in the Comparison Report


- indicates that the corresponding attribute is not supported or does not exist. /
indicates that the corresponding data query or computing fails.

Table 8-8 Commissioning information

Parameter Description

Commissioning Type The value can only be Main Optical Path


Optimization, indicating the main optical path
optimization of OMSs on the equipment side.

Operator The value can only be NE.

Level The value can only be OMS, indicating that the


optimization commissioning records of OMSs will
be displayed.

Source Port Indicates the source port on an OMS.

Sink Port Indicates the sink port on an OMS.

Start Time Indicates the commissioning start time.

End Time Indicates the commissioning end time.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Parameter Description

Result Indicates commissioning results.

Table 8-9 Span Loss Comparison


Parameter Description

Object Source Optical NE Indicates the source optical


NE on an OTS of the OMS.

Source NE Indicates the source NE on an


OTS of the OMS.

Source Board Indicates the source OA


board on an OTS of the OMS.

Source Port Indicates the output port of


the source OA board on an
OTS of the OMS.

Sink Optical NE Indicates the sink optical NE


on an OTS of the OMS.

Sink NE Indicates the sink NE on an


OTS of the OMS.

Sink Board Indicates the sink OA board


on an OTS of the OMS.

Sink Port Indicates the input port of


the sink OA board on an OTS
of the OMS.

Span Loss(dB) Before Commissioning Indicates the span loss on an


OTS of the OMS before
commissioning. The value is
the offset between the
output optical power of the
source OA board and the
input optical power of the
sink OA board on an OTS
before commissioning.

After Commissioning Indicates the span loss on an


OTS of the OMS after
commissioning. The value is
the offset between the
output optical power of the
source OA board and the
input optical power of the
sink OA board on an OTS
after commissioning.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Parameter Description

Difference Indicates the offset between


After Commissioning and
Before Commissioning of
the span loss.

Gain(dB) Before Commissioning Indicates the nominal gain of


the sink OA board on an OTS
of the OMS before
commissioning.

After Commissioning Indicates the nominal gain of


the sink OA board on an OTS
of the OMS after
commissioning.

Difference Indicates the offset between


After Commissioning and
Before Commissioning of
the gain.

Difference Before Commissioning Indicates the offset between


Between Gain Gain and Span Loss on an
and Span OTS of the OMS before
Loss(dB) commissioning. If the value
exceeds that of Threshold,
the column will be marked
yellow.

After Commissioning Indicates the offset between


Gain and Span Loss on an
OTS of the OMS after
commissioning. If the value
exceeds that of Threshold,
the column will be marked
yellow.

Threshold The value is the same as that


of Line Attenuation
Compensation
Threshold(dB) in 5.2.3
Setting Basic OD
Monitoring Parameters
configured during
commissioning.

Accumulated Before Commissioning Indicates the sum of


Difference Difference Between Gain
Between Gain and Span Loss on all OTSs of
and Span the OMS before
Loss(dB) commissioning. If the value
exceeds that of Threshold,
the column will be marked
yellow.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 8 Reference Operations

Parameter Description

After Commissioning Indicates the sum of


Difference Between Gain
and Span Loss on all OTSs of
the OMS after
commissioning. If the value
exceeds that of Threshold,
the column will be marked
yellow.

Threshold The value is the same as that


of Line Attenuation
Compensation
Threshold(dB) in 5.2.3
Setting Basic OD
Monitoring Parameters
configured during
commissioning.

Table 8-10 Adjustment Value Comparison


Parameter Description

Object Optical NE Indicates the optical NE that


houses an adjustment point.

NE Indicates the NE that houses


an adjustment point.

Board Indicates the board that


houses an adjustment point.

Port Indicates the adjustment


port.

Adjustment Type Only the attenuation and


Info(dB) gain can be displayed.

Before Commissioning Indicates the value before


commissioning.

After Commissioning Indicates the value after


commissioning.

Difference Indicates the offset between


After Commissioning and
Before Commissioning of
the attenuation or gain of an
adjustment point.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9 FAQs

This section describes methods of handling common problems when using the OD
system for Network O&M.
9.1 Meanings of Commissioning Trail Status Parameters
9.2 Solutions to Abnormal Optical Power in the WDM Trail Performance Report
9.3 If an OCh Trail Traverses the CRPC, ROP, or HBA Board That the OD Does not
Support, Can the OSNR of the OCh Trail Be Accurately Detected?
9.4 Why the Fiber Type and Length Must Be Specified During the Configuration of
OSNR Detection?
9.5 What Do I Do If No Wavelength Information Is Displayed in the Queried
Spectrum Analysis Data?
9.6 Why a Fiber Cut in the Downstream Will Make the OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or
MCA8 Board at the Upstream Transmit-End Site Fail to Calculate the OSNR of All
Monitored Wavelengths?
9.7 Why the traditional OSNR detection method has a lower detection precision
than the OD when they are used to detect the OSNR of a 40G or 100G system?
9.8 Failure to Monitor Standalone NEs Because the OD Monitoring Unit Is Subnet
9.9 What Do I DO If OD Configuration Data Is Inconsistent Between the NE and
NMS?
9.10 What Do I Do If an Error Message Without Specifying the Board Where a
Fault Occurs Is Displayed During the Export of a Subnet Performance Report?
9.11 What Do I Do If an Error Message Indicating that the NE Is Absent Is
Displayed During Report Exporting or Performance Analysis?
9.12 OSNR Value of a Downstream OA Board Is Greater Than That of an
Upstream OA Board on an OCh Trail During the Trail Performance Analysis
9.13 Some Historical Data Is Not Found During the Comparison Between Current
Data and Historical Data in the Trail Performance Analysis Window
9.14 NE Is Displayed as Logoff in the Main Topology of the OD After Import of
NMS Scripts

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9.15 Fiber Loss Queried Through the OD Has Exceeded the Designed Attenuation
(EOL) (dB) but No Alarm Is Reported
9.16 What Do I Do If an OA_OUT_PWR_ABN Alarm Is Reported and Cannot Be
Cleared Through Optical Power Optimization Commissioning in the Intra-Site OA-
RDU-OA2 Scenario?

9.1 Meanings of Commissioning Trail Status


Parameters
This section describes the meanings of the commissioning trail status parameters
Optical Commission Status, OSNR Status.

Table 9-1 Meanings of commissioning trail status parameters


Status Meaning

Optical On NCE, an OCh trail can be in the Unset, Commission, or


Commissio Maintenance state.
n Status ● The Unset state indicates that an OCh trail is initially created.
● The Commission state indicates that an OCh trail has been
created but the optical path has not been commissioned, and
therefore the OCh trail cannot be used to carry services.
● The Maintenance state indicates that the optical path of an
OCh trail has been commissioned and the OCh trail can be used
to carry services.
Indicates the commissioning status of a trail.
● If Optical Commission Status of a trail is Maintenance,
deployment commissioning and expansion commissioning
cannot be performed.
● If Optical Commission Status of a trail is Commission, this
trail cannot be optimized. Besides, deployment commissioning
and expansion commissioning cannot be performed.

OSNR Indicates whether an OCh trail supports OSNR detection.


Status You can view the OSNR of a trail only when OSNR Status of the
trail is set to Enable.
For the method of setting OSNR Status to Enable, see 5.2.4.2.2
Configuring OSNR Detection for a Trail.
NOTE
When the OSNR detection function is enabled for trails, each unidirectional
trail automatically consumes an OD management system license. When the
OSNR detection function is disabled for trails, the used licenses are released.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9.2 Solutions to Abnormal Optical Power in the WDM


Trail Performance Report
This section describes how to handle abnormal optical power displayed in the
WDM trail performance report.

Abnormal Optical Power of Optical Amplifiers


In the WDM trail performance report, if input optical power at the transmit end of
the OA deviates from the nominal value by >= 1.5 dB, the OA board is yellow.

[Solution]:

● Check whether there are wavelengths that are not commissioned. If yes,
commission them, regenerate a commissioning report, and check the optical
power again.
● Check whether some channels are added or lost, the MCA or LS OA board will
detect the added or lost channels, and CHAN_ADD or CHAN_LOS will be
reported on the MCA or LS OA board. At that case, repair the channels and
regenerate a commissioning report.
● Check whether the link fiber attenuation exceeds the engineering design
value, or the inter-station fiber attenuation exceeds 0.5 dB. If yes, repair the
fibers and regenerate a WDM trail performance report.
● Re-adjust the deviation in a proper maintenance time period.

Abnormal Optical Power Flatness


Ensure that the optical power flatness of all the wavelengths is within the range
of ±3 dB of the average single-wavelength optical power. Check for MCA or LS OA
boards on the link from source to sink for abnormal optical power flatness. The
WDM trail performance report automatically discovers flatness problems on the
MCA or LS OA board on the link and marks the MCA or LS OA board in yellow if a
problem is discovered. Check whether there are wavelengths that are not
commissioned. If yes, commission them, regenerate a commissioning report, and
check the optical power again.

NOTE

The optical power displayed on the MCA board is 20 dB less than actual power. Therefore
we need to compensate the value obtained by 20 dB to get the actual single-channel power
value. For example in the 40-channel WDM configuration, if each channel output power
should be + 4 dBm, it will be displayed as -16 dBm in the MCA board.

[Solution]: In the event, the wavelengths are not flat, that means the flatness is
more than the recommended margin, each wavelength should be adjusted to
fulfill the recommended single-channel power value. This can be done by
adjusting the VOA on the WSS boards (WSMD4, WSM9 or WSD9) for each
channel (as needed) with each step by incrementing or decrementing 0.5 dB.

In more severe cases, it is advised to consult Huawei to provide assistance in fixing


the issue.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9.3 If an OCh Trail Traverses the CRPC, ROP, or HBA


Board That the OD Does not Support, Can the OSNR of
the OCh Trail Be Accurately Detected?
The OD does not support the CRPC or ROP board and the OD intended for OptiX
NG WDM in version earlier than V100R007C02SPC300 does not support the HBA
board. The OSNR of the OCh trails traversing these boards cannot be accurately
detected.

9.4 Why the Fiber Type and Length Must Be Specified


During the Configuration of OSNR Detection?
The Raman effects of fibers are related to the fiber type and length, especially the
fiber type. The fiber length is accurate to km.

9.5 What Do I Do If No Wavelength Information Is


Displayed in the Queried Spectrum Analysis Data?
[Problem Description]: No wavelength information is displayed in the queried
spectrum analysis data.
[Problem Analysis]:
The possible causes are as follows:
● The physical fiber connections of the OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or MCA8 board
are incorrect.
● The optical path is abnormal.
[Solution]:
1. Check the physical fiber connections of the OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or MCA8
board.
2. Check whether the optical path is set up. For example, check whether optical
cross-connections are created, physical fiber connections are correct, or the
laser on the OA board is properly turned on.

9.6 Why a Fiber Cut in the Downstream Will Make the


OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or MCA8 Board at the
Upstream Transmit-End Site Fail to Calculate the OSNR
of All Monitored Wavelengths?
[Problem Description]: On an OMS, a fiber cut in the downstream will make the
OPM8 or LS OA or MCA board at the downstream receive-end site fail to detect
optical power. In addition, the OPM8 or LS OA, MCA4, or MCA8 board at the

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

upstream transmit-end site will not calculate the OSNR of all monitored
wavelengths.
[Problem Analysis]: Theoretically, a fiber cut in the downstream of an OMS will
not affect the OSNR results in the upstream of the OMS. However, according to
the OD algorithm, the OSNR of wavelengths is calculated based on the OMS
where the wavelengths are located. The OPM8 or LS OA or MCA board in the
downstream needs to be used to rectify the OSNR detection results of each
detection point in the OMS. If a fiber cut occurs in the downstream, the upstream
of the OMS does not have the rectification data of the downstream, and therefore
does not have the OSNR results. The upstream and downstream mentioned in the
description refer to the upstream and downstream in the OMS instead of the
upstream and downstream of a service or the OMS.
[Solution]: Use the OD to measure the optical power 10 minutes after the fiber is
repaired.

9.7 Why the traditional OSNR detection method has a


lower detection precision than the OD when they are
used to detect the OSNR of a 40G or 100G system?
The optical spectrum of 40G or 100G signals is wider than that of 10G signals. As
a result, the signal spectra of adjacent channels overlap each other. Inter-channel
noise power contains not only the amplified spontaneous emission (ASE) noise
power but also the signal crosstalk power. The traditional OSA method is
implemented based on the interpolation of inter-channel noise that is equivalent
to in-band noise. In this way, the OSNR obtained by using the traditional OSA
method is less than the actual OSNR. Therefore, the traditional OSNR detection
method has a low detection precision.
The traditional OSNR detection method and integral method have the following
disadvantages:
● Scanning method: applicable only to a system with a 100G channel spacing
and without traversing an OEQ node. The detection results have low precision.
● Integral method: When there are a few wavelengths, turning on or off the
lasers will cause noise power fluctuation and therefore affect the detection
accuracy. In addition, the noise power cannot be measured by turning on or
off the laser when there is only one wavelength.

9.8 Failure to Monitor Standalone NEs Because the OD


Monitoring Unit Is Subnet
[Problem Description]: As shown in the following figure, 83-245, 84-38 and
84-117 are standalone NEs on the test subnet. They cannot be selected during the
configuration of the OD monitoring scope. Therefore, the OD cannot monitor only
83-245, 84-38 and 84-117.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

[Problem Analysis]: The OD monitoring unit is subnet and therefore cannot


monitor standalone NEs.
[Solution]:
● Solution 1: Select the test subnet when configuring the monitoring scope.
Then the OD will monitor all NEs including 83-245, 84-38 and 84-117 on the
test subnet.
● Solution 2: Include NEs 83-245, 84-38 and 84-117 into a new-created subnet.
Select the subnet where NEs 83-245, 84-38 and 84-117 are located so that
the OD can monitor the NEs.

9.9 What Do I DO If OD Configuration Data Is


Inconsistent Between the NE and NMS?
[Problem Description]: During the trail performance analysis, the error message
The OD configuration data is inconsistent between NetStar O&M and the NE.
(Event code:0x42042303) is displayed.
In addition, the error message Failed to obtain the optical power of wavelength
XX. (Event code:0x44000000) may be displayed.
[Problem Analysis]: The possible causes are as follows:
● No OD route is configured in the OMS where the OA board reporting the
error message is located.
● The physical fiber connections of the OA board reporting the error message
and the connected MCA board change, causing the OD route configuration
inconsistency between the NE and NMS. As a result, the OD cannot properly
monitor the configuration data.
[Solution]:
1. Choose Configuration > WDM Optical Management > Optical Doctor from
the main menu on the NCE Network Management app. The Optical Doctor
window is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

2. Click Operate and choose Network-wide Optimized Configuration from the


drop-down menu. In the displayed Network-wide Optimized Configuration
dialog box, check whether the parameter settings in the Trail Optimization
Alarm Monitoring Setting area are correct, and click Apply.

3. Click Operate > Subnet Monitoring Configuration, select the desired subnet
based on the network planning and check whether the parameters including
Automatically Update Monitoring Configurations, Automatic Network
Change Monitoring and Others are correctly set, then click Apply.

NOTE

Subnet monitoring is no longer recommended. The configuration here is only


compatible with previous versions. You are advised to use OMS configuration.

9.10 What Do I Do If an Error Message Without


Specifying the Board Where a Fault Occurs Is Displayed
During the Export of a Subnet Performance Report?
[Problem Description]: An error message is displayed during the export of a
subnet performance report, but the error message does not specify the board
where a fault occurs. The following figures show examples of the error message.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

[Problem Analysis]: Failed to query the single-wavelength OSNR of the OA


board indicates a failure to calculate the single-wavelength OSNR values of all OA
boards in an OMS.
In the exported report, critical alarms are present on some OMSs in the OMS
Data sheet.
In the detailed OMS information, the values in the Single-Wavelength OSNR
column of the OMSs where alarms are present are empty.
The possible cause of this problem is that an OMS contains multiple OA boards.
When the OSNR calculation fails in the OMS, an error message is reported only on
the receive-end NE of the OMS. According to the report, the OMS has no input
multiplexed-wavelength optical power. Therefore, you are advised to check the
physical environment.
[Solution]: Check the physical environment based on the data in the exported
report and the alarm information.

9.11 What Do I Do If an Error Message Indicating that


the NE Is Absent Is Displayed During Report Exporting
or Performance Analysis?
[Problem Description]: Error Message Indicating that the NE Is Absent During
Report Exporting or Performance Analysis.

[Problem Analysis]: The possible cause is that the NE name or ID has been
changed. After the NE name or ID is changed, the OD route configurations are not
automatically updated. As a result, the OD cannot obtain the latest NE
information and therefore a message indicating that the NE is absent is displayed.
[Solution]: Configure the OD route again for the OMS trail whose NE name or ID
is changed.
1. Choose Service > View > WDM Trail > Manage WDM Trail from the main
menu on the NCE Network Management app.
2. Filter the OMS trail.
a. In the displayed Set Trail Browse Filter Criteria dialog box, select OMS
in the Service Level.
b. Click Filter All, and all OMS trails on the live network are displayed.
3. Configure the OD route configuration function for an OMS trail.
a. Click Maintenance, and choose OD Route Configuration. The scanning
progress window is displayed.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

b. After the scanning completes, the Result dialog box is displayed, click
Close.
c. Click Query All. The status of all OMS trails is refreshed.
d. In the OD Route Configuration window, select the OMS trail that is
affected by the change of the NE name or ID, and click New.

9.12 OSNR Value of a Downstream OA Board Is Greater


Than That of an Upstream OA Board on an OCh Trail
During the Trail Performance Analysis
[Problem Description]: During the trail performance analysis, the OSNR value of
a downstream OA board is greater than that of an upstream OA board on an OCh
trail.

[Problem Analysis]:

NOTE

OSNR calculation is started 10 minutes after the delivery of the OD route configuration is
started. OSNR values are calculated by OMS, and the prerequisite to OSNR calculation is
that OD routes have been configured on OMSs. The OSNR calculation in each OMS
depends on the calculated OSNR value of the previous OMS. After the OSNR calculation of
the first OMS on an OCh trail is triggered, the OSNR calculation of subsequent OMSs will
be triggered in sequence.

The possible causes are as follows:


1. A performance analysis is started immediately after the initially configured
OD routes are delivered.
On the NMS, the OD route configurations of OMSs on an OCh trail are not
delivered in sequence. As a result, the OSNR calculation of an OMS on the
OCh trail will be started if its OD route configuration delivery is completed
even though the OD route configuration delivery of the previous OMS is not
completed. Since no OSNR calculation values of the previous OMSs are used
for reference, the OSNR value of a downstream OA board may be greater
than that of an upstream OA board on the OCh trail.
2. A performance analysis is started when the OSNR calculation of an OMS is
completed and the OSNR calculation of the subsequent OMSs is not started
yet.
It takes several seconds to complete the OSNR calculation of an OMS. If a
performance analysis is started when the OSNR calculation of some previous
OMSs on an OCh trail is completed but the OSNR calculation of the
subsequent OMSs is not yet started a second time, the newly calculated
OSNR values of the previous OMSs will be smaller than the previously
calculated OSNR values in case of a network environment change during the
performance analysis. As a result, the OSNR values of the previous OMSs are
the newly calculated OSNR values, and those of the subsequent OMSs are the
previously calculated OSNR values, causing the problem described in the
preceding.
There is a small probability that the network environment changes within 10
minutes during OSNR calculation. Therefore, the first cause is the probable cause.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

[Solution]: In the Trail Performance Analysis window, click Analysis to start a


performance analysis again.

9.13 Some Historical Data Is Not Found During the


Comparison Between Current Data and Historical Data
in the Trail Performance Analysis Window
[Problem Description]: A user performs the following steps:

1. Selects an OCh trail for a performance analysis.


2. Backs up the data of the OCh trail.
3. Imports the backup performance data and compares it with the current data.

During the data comparison, the error message No port information exist in the
historical data file is displayed. Some historical data is not displayed.

[Problem Analysis]: The cause of the error is that historical data fails to be
backed up. The possible causes for the data backup failure are as follows:

1. The NE is offline.
If the NE is offline, NCE cannot interact with the devices on the NE and
therefore fails to query performance data, causing a data backup failure.
2. The performance monitoring function is not enabled for the NE.
The NE can periodically detect network performance and report the
performance data to NCE, and the NetStar O&M component can back up the
desired data only after the performance monitoring function is enabled for
the NE.
3. The NE time is not synchronized with the NCE time.
For example, if the NCE time is ahead of the NE time, the NE performance
data to be queried in a backup period may not be uploaded to NCE during
the NCE data backup. As a result, the backup data may be lost.

[Solution]:

1. In the NE login Management window, check whether the login status of all
NEs on the trail is normal.

2. Choose Monitor > Performance > Monitoring Time Settings from the main
menu on the NCE Network Management app. In the NE monitoring time
configuration window, check whether the 15-minute performance monitoring
function is enabled. If the function is not enabled, set it to Enable.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

3. Choose Configuration > Common > NE Time Sync from the main menu on
the NCE Network Management app. In the window for synchronizing NE time
and NCE time, synchronize the NE time and NCE time if they are inconsistent.

9.14 NE Is Displayed as Logoff in the Main Topology of


the OD After Import of NMS Scripts
[Problem Description]: Choose Administration > Back up/Restore NMS Data >
Import/Export Script File from the main menu on the NCE Network
Management app and import backup NMS scripts. After the scripts are imported,
the NE status is displayed as login in the NE Login Management window, as
shown in Figure 9-1. In the main topology of the OD, the NE is dimmed (as
shown in Figure 9-2), indicating that the NE status is logoff.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

Figure 9-1 NE status in the NE Login Management window

Figure 9-2 NE status in the main topology of the OD

[Problem Analysis]: During the import of NMS scripts, the NE communication


becomes abnormal due to a login conflict. As a result, the NE_NOT_LOGIN alarm
on the NMS cannot be cleared. When this occurs, the NE status is still displayed as
logoff in the main topology of the OD even though the login to the NE is
successful.
[Solution]: Synchronize the alarm data as follows:
1. Choose Monitor > Current Alarms from the main menu on the NCE Network
Management app.
2. In the Current Alarms window, click the red icon for critical alarms in the
upper right corner.

3. Click and choose Synchronize.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9.15 Fiber Loss Queried Through the OD Has Exceeded


the Designed Attenuation (EOL) (dB) but No Alarm Is
Reported
[Problem Description]: In the OD view, click Operate and choose Query Fiber
Loss. The current attenuation value (11.4 in the following figure) of the fiber
connection displayed in the OD view exceeds the designed attenuation value (11.0
in the following figure), but the fiber connection is not marked in a color
corresponding to a critical alarm.

[Problem Analysis]: When the value of Designed Loss(EOL)(dB) is set in the OD,
the data on NCE is updated but the data on the device side may not be updated
due to device communication problems or other unknown reasons. As a result, the
data on NCE is inconsistent with that on the device side. The value of Designed
Loss(EOL)(dB) displayed in the OD view is subject to the data queried on the
NCE. The alarm reporting threshold is subject to the data on the device side. When
the value of Designed Loss(EOL)(dB) on NCE side is inconsistent with that on the
device side, the fiber connection may not be marked in a color corresponding to a
critical alarm because the value of Current Loss queried from NCE by the OD may
exceed the value of Designed Loss(EOL)(dB) displayed in the OD view, however,
the attenuation does not exceed the Designed Loss(EOL)(dB) on the device side.
[Solution]: In the OD view, right-click the inter-site fiber connection to be
modified and choose Setting Fiber Parameter from the shortcut menu to reset
EOL(dB) and synchronize the value of Designed Loss(EOL)(dB) between NCE
and the device.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228


NetStar O&M
Optical Doctor System User Guide 9 FAQs

9.16 What Do I Do If an OA_OUT_PWR_ABN Alarm Is


Reported and Cannot Be Cleared Through Optical
Power Optimization Commissioning in the Intra-Site
OA-RDU-OA2 Scenario?
[Problem Description]: The transmit-end OA board alarm monitoring function is
enabled for intra-site OMSs. In the intra-site OA-RDU-OA2 scenario, an
OA_OUT_PWR_ABN alarm is reported by the OA2 board and cannot be cleared
through optical power optimization commissioning.
[Problem Analysis]: After the transmit-end OA board alarm monitoring function
is enabled for intra-site OMSs, the optical power of the OA2 board is adjusted
based on the principle of gain compensation for span loss, or the optical power of
the OTU board at the receive end needs to be adjusted to the target average
value. In this case, the single-wavelength optical power of the OA2 board may not
be close to the nominal value. As a result, an OA_OUT_PWR_ABN alarm may be
reported by the OA2 board, and cannot be cleared through optical power
optimization commissioning.
[Solution]: When enabling OD alarm monitoring by OMS, you are advised to
deliver the configuration to only inter-site (cross-site) OMSs.

Issue 01 (2022-03-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229

You might also like